Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • English  (118)
  • 1990-1994  (118)
  • Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands  (71)
  • Dordrecht : Springer  (47)
  • Hoboken : Taylor and Francis
  • Science (General)  (77)
  • Linguistics Philosophy  (41)
Datasource
Material
Language
  • English  (118)
Years
Year
  • 1
    ISBN: 9789401105118
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 v. (various pagings)) , ill
    Edition: Second edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: Section A : In vitro methods of gene transfer to plant cells1. PEG-mediated direct gene transfer and electroporation -- 2. Gene transfer to plants via particle bombardment -- Section B: Agrobacterium-mediated gene transfer to plant cells -- 1. Agrobacterium-mediated gene transfer to plant cells: cointegrate and binary vector systems -- 2. Specialized vectors for gene tagging and expression studies -- 3. Agrobacterium molecular genetics -- 4. Genetic manipulation of Agrobacterium tumefaciens strains to improve transformation of recalcitrant plant species -- 5. Transient expression assays using GUS constructs and fluorometric detection for analysis of T-DNA transfer -- 6. Agrobacterium inoculation techniques for plant tissues -- Section C: Selectable and screenable markers for plant transformation -- 1. Antibiotic-resistance markers for plant transformation -- 2. Reporter genes for plants -- 3. Opines as screenable markers for plant transformation -- Section D: Nucleic acid extraction from plant tissue -- 1. Extraction of total cellular DNA from plants, algae and fungi -- 2. Isolation and characterization of nuclear scaffolds -- 3. Isolation of plant mitochondria and mitochondrial nucleic acids -- 4. Isolation of chloroplasts and chloroplast DNA -- 5. Isolation of total, poly (A) and polysomal RNA from plant tissues -- Section E: Transcription and translation systems -- 1. Assay for gene expression using run-on transcription in isolated nuclei -- 2. Preparation of an in vitro transcription system of plant origin, with methods and templates for assessing its fidelity -- Section F: Blotting and gene detection systems -- 1. Southern, Northern and Western blot analysis -- 2. Screening of cDNA expression libraries with synthetic oligonucleotides for DNA-binding proteins -- 3. Non-radioactive nucleic acid detection systems -- Section G: In situ hybridization and immunodetection -- 1. RNA in situ hybridization in plants -- 2. In situ hybridization to plant metaphase chromosomes using digoxigenin labeled nucleic acid sequences -- Section H: Cloning and detection of DNA sequences from large DNA molecules -- 1. Methods for generating plant genomic libraries Marjory -- 2. Construction of plant yeast artificial chromosome libraries -- 3. Preparation of high molecular weight plant DNA and analysis by pulsed field gel electrophoresis -- 4. Random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD) markers -- Section I: Protein-nucleic acid interaction analyses -- 1. Gel mobility shift assay -- 2. Optimization of DNase I footprinting experiments -- 3. Analyses of plant chromatin and in vivo protein-DNA interactions -- 4. Expression and characterization of recombinant plant trans-acting factors -- Section J: Subcellular targeting of proteins -- 1. In vitro import of proteins into chloroplasts -- 2. In vitro targeting of proteins to mitochondria -- 3. Targeting of proteins to the vacuole -- 4. Visualizing protein import into the plant cell nucleus -- Section K: Gene tagging using transposons -- 1. Gene tagging by endogenous transposons -- 2. Heterologous transposon tagging as a tool for the isolation of plant genes.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401108980
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xv, 410 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research 41
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Comparative Literature ; History ; Phenomenology . ; Language and languages—Style. ; History. ; Comparative literature. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Focusing mainly upon language, communication, textuality, etc., as is overwhelmingly today's fashion, we miss the very raison d'être of literature and language itself. Moving a step further in our investigation of the anthropologico-ontopoietic sources of the life-significance of literature by unravelling the function of imaginatio creatrix in man's self interpretation-in-existence, this collection seeks to bring forth the royal role of allegory in the fostering of culture. A conjoint work of human elemental passions and of the human spirit, allegory mediates between lofty ideals of the highest human strivings and the pedestrian realm of facts. Interpretative or theoretical studies encompass allegory -- mediaeval, modern and post-modern -- in various literatures. Among the authors are: Tymieniecka, Kronegger, Jorge Garcia Gomez, V. Osadnik, H. Hellerstein, H. Rudnick, R. Kiefer, V. Fichera, K. Haney, Ch. Raffini, J. Williamson, B. Ross and Sitansu Ray
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401114127
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 205 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Studies in Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 30
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Linguistics Philosophy ; Semantics ; Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax ; Linguistics ; Grammar, Comparative and general—Syntax. ; Semiotics. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Case, Scope, and Binding investigates the relation between syntax and semantics within a framework which combines the syntactic Government-Binding theory with a novel cross-linguistic theory of case and semantics. It is argued that case assignment, agreement, syntactic binding relations, as well as the minimum scopes of operators, are all determined by the relations which hold at the level of s-structure. Cross-linguistic variation with respect to these phenomena is due to corresponding variations at the s-structure level. The minimum scope of an operator cannot exceed its c-command domain at s-structure, but may be reduced by certain semantic mechanisms. The availability of any wider scope option depends on the possibility of movement at LF. The proposed theory is tested in detail against the facts of Inuit (Eskimo-Aleut family), an ergative language with typologically unusual scope and binding relations. For linguists and philosophers interested in syntax, semantics, or the syntax-semantics interface
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: Case, Scope And Binding1. The S-Structure as the Default Logical Form -- 2. A Theory of Case -- 3. Basic Case and Agreement Patterns -- 4. Further Evidence from Case Assignment in Inuit -- 5. Cross-Linguistic Semantics -- 6. An Interpretable S-Structure Determines the Minimum Scopes -- 7. Semantic Effects of Movement at LF -- 8. Syntactic Binding Relations in Inuit -- 9. Conclusion -- 2: Case-Motivated Movement In Inuit -- 1. Review of Case Theory -- 2. Nominative Argument Raising -- 3. Noun Incorporation -- 4. Movement or Binding of a Polyadic Head -- 5. Conclusion -- 3: Semantic Interpretation Of Inuit Structures -- 1. Default Existential Quantification -- 2. Predicative Numerals and Distributive Agreement -- 3. Semantic Effects of Argument Raising at LF -- 4. Semantic Characteristics of Nominative Arguments -- 5. Conclusion -- 4: Syntactic Binding Relations In Inuit -- 1. Extended Conditions A and B -- 2. Reflexive and Pronominal Arguments -- 3. Proximate and Obviative Functional Heads -- 4. Extended Control Condition -- 5. Controlled PRO -- 6. Controlled Functional Heads -- 7. Universal Quantifiers -- 8. Conclusion -- References -- Index of names -- Index of subjects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401106894
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 v)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Chemical Lists and List Descriptions -- 3. Cross-Reference Indexes of Chemical Names and Synonyms -- B. Regulatory Summaries -- Appendix: Key to RCRA “F”- and “K”- Series Wastes.
    Abstract: The Regulated Chemicals Directory"lM is meant to be a convenient source of information for everyone who needs to keep up-to-date regarding the regulations and recommendations that pertain to chemical substances. The RCD™ is designed to be the first reference book to consult when beginning compliance efforts. Every regulatory or advisory list used in the RCD™ is keyed to its source, to help readers who need more detailed information on regulations, recommendations, or guidelines readily locate source documents. Some organizations now center their compliance efforts on computerized information stored in cross-referenced databases. A unique feature of the RCDTM is the availability of an electronic version suitable for use on IBM-compatible personal computers, download onto mainframes and CD-ROM players. Both the print and electronic versions are updated with the same timeliness. For more information on the electronic versions of the Regulated Chemicals DirectoryTM, contact Chapman & Hall directly (One Penn Plaza, New York, NY 10119, fax-212-564-1505). Many companies working on product development need information on what may be regulated in the future. The RCD™ provides selected information on pending regulations and in-progress testing lists, which can provide a starting place for tracking future regulatory considerations. Information for the RCD™ is continually gathered and updated. Suggestions from readers for information that should be added to the RCD™ or for other ways to improve the book are welcomed by Chapman & Hall. - Patricia L. Dsida, Pres. ChemADVISOR® , Inc. ix Part A. Chemical Lists and Indexes Section 1.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction2. Chemical Lists and List Descriptions -- 3. Cross-Reference Indexes of Chemical Names and Synonyms -- B. Regulatory Summaries -- Appendix: Key to RCRA “F”- and “K”- Series Wastes.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401109369
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (364p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy 53
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Semantics ; Logic ; Metaphysics ; Ontology ; Semiotics. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Part I of this book presents a theory of modal metaphysics in the possible-worlds tradition. `Worlds' themselves are understood as structured sets of properties; this `Ersatzist' view is defended against its most vigorous competitors, Meinongianism and David Lewis' theory of existent concrete worlds. Related issues of essentialism and linguistic reference are explored. Part II takes up the question of lexical meaning in the context of possible-world semantics. There are skeptical analyses of analyticity and the notion of a logical constant; and an `infinite polysemy' thesis is defended. The book will be of particular interest to metaphysicians, possible-world semanticists, philosophers of language, and linguists concerned with lexical semantics
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    ISBN: 9789401583138
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 220 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 240
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Aesthetics ; Philosophy of mind ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: This volume is a collection of essays in appreciation, analysis and honor of Paul Ziff, one of the leading American philosophers of the post-World War II period. The essays address questions that loomed large in Ziff's own work. Essays by Zeno Vendler, Jay Rosenberg, and Tom Patton address topics in philosophy of language: understanding, misunderstanding, rules, regularities, and proper names. Michael Resnik examines the nature of numbers, Rita Nolan addresses `mutant predicates', and Peter Alexander discusses microscopes and corpuscles. Douglas C. Long ruminates on Ziff's claim that machines can neither think nor feel. The essays of Dale Jamieson, Bill E. Lawson, Douglas Dempster, and Joseph Ullian address various questions in aesthetics: aesthetic appreciation and morality, expression, the scope of appreciation, and the aesthetics of sport. In the spirit of Ziff, Douglas Stalker criticizes some of the `mush' that looms large in our intellectual lives. The volume begins with a reminiscence by Paul Benacerraf, and ends with selections from an unpublished volume of plays by Paul Ziff. The volume should appeal to anyone whose work has been influenced by Ziff, or is interested in central philosophical problems concerning language, mind, and art
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401582919
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 331 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Linguistics ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Philosophy, modern ; Comparative Literature ; Germanic languages ; Romance languages ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Negation, Critical Theory, and Postmodern Textuality features 14 new essays by leading specialists in critical theory, comparative literature, philosophy, and English literature. The essays, which present wide-ranging historical considerations of negation in light of recent developments in poststructuralism and postmodernism, range over many of the siginificant texts in which negation figures prominently. The book includes a wide-ranging introductory chapter that examines how attention to negation -- the inescapable nescience that is posited in any and every linguistic expression -- enhances the hermeneutic possibilities present in language. In addition, the four sections of the book bring together major critical interventions on, among others, negative meaning, unrecognizability, elenctic negation, apocalypse, nihilism, negation and gender, and denegation. All the essays involve close attention to key texts by major authors, including William Shakespeare, Henry James, Federico García Lorca, Samuel Beckett, Thomas Bernhard, Walt Whitman, E.M. Forster, Mary Shelley, Margaret Atwood, Roland Barthes, Douglas Barbour, Paul de Man, bp Nichol, Jacques Derrida, and Dogen Kigen. The volume opens up new areas in critical theory, comparative literature, and the philosophy of language, and defines a major new area of inquiry in relation to notions of postmodern textuality. Critical theorists, students of comparative literature, English literature, and the history of ideas, and those interested in the hermeneutic implications of postmodernism will find this volume of substantial interest. Its extensive bibliographical apparatus and index make the collection a valuable reference tool for upper-level undergraduate and graduate students as well as for those seeking a variety of interpretive approaches to the problem of negation in literature
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401583367
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 394 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 239
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Logic ; Metaphysics ; Mathematical logic. ; Philosophy—History. ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Philosophy.
    Abstract: This book contains seminal discussions of central issues in the philosophy of language, mathematics, mind, religion and time. Is common language conceptually prior to idiolectics? What is a theory of meaning? Does constructivism provide a satisfactory account of mathematics? What are indefinitely extensible concepts? Can we change the past? These are only some of the very important questions addressed here. Both the papers written by the contributors and Dummett's replies provide a great wealth of stimulating ideas for those who currently do research in the respective areas touched upon without making the reading exceedingly tedious. This feature, common to most of the papers in this book, makes it possible to use the material presented in undergraduate courses at university level
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    ISBN: 9789401720410
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 448 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 241
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Ontology ; Philosophy of mind ; Knowledge, Theory of. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Professor Donald Davidson is one of the most innovative and influential recent philosophers. Ranging over a variety of topics in the philosophy of language, philosophy of mind and epistemology, his system of thought is unified by his inquiries into the nature of interpretation and understanding the speech and behavior of others. Together with its introduction, Language, Mind and Epistemology examines Davidson's unified stance towards philosophy by joining American and European authors within a collection of essays, published here for the first time. The authors discuss the central topics in Davidson's latest philosophy: his holistic truth-theoretic stance towards meaning and understanding, the epistemology of interpretation and translation, the externalist viewpoint in epistemology, the anti-Cartesian approach in accounting for first person authority, the thesis of anomalous monism, and the holistic conception of the mental
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401583152
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 263 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 238
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Semantics ; Humanities ; Aesthetics ; Semiotics. ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Knowledge, Theory of.
    Abstract: Metaphor is one of the most frequently evoked but at the same time most poorly understood concepts in philosophy and literary theory. In recent years, several interesting approaches to metaphor have been presented or outlined. In this volume, authors of some of the most important new approaches re-present their views or illustrate them by means of applications, thus allowing the reader to survey some of the prominent ongoing developments in this field. These authors include Robert Fogelin, Susan Haack, Jaakko Hintikka (with Gabriel Sandu), Bipin Indurkhya and Eva Kittay (with Eric Steinhart). Their stance is in the main constructive rather than critical; but frequent comparisons of different views further facilitate the reader's overview. In the other contributions, metaphor is related to the problems of visual representation (Noël Carroll), to the open class test (Avishai Margalit and Naomi Goldblum) as well as to Wittgenstein's idea of `a way of life' (E.M. Zemach)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    ISBN: 9789401720182
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 390 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 230
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy, modern ; Knowledge, Theory of. ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Science—Philosophy. ; Philosophy—History. ; Religion—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Never before, in any anthology, have contemporary epistemologists and philosophers of language come together to address the single most neglected important issue at the confluence of these two branches of philosophy, namely: Can we know facts from reliable reports? Besides Hume's subversive discussion of miracles and the literature thereon, testimony has been bypassed by most Western philosophers; whereas in classical Indian (Pramana) theories of evidence and knowledge philosophical debates have raged for centuries about the status of word-generated knowledge. `Is the response "I was told by an expert on the subject" as respectable as "I saw" or "I inferred" in answer to "How do you know?"' is a question answered in diverse and subtle ways by Buddhists, Vaisesikas and Naiyayikas. For the first time this book makes available the riches of those debates, translating from Sanskrit some contemporary Indian Pandits' reactions to Western analytic accounts of meaning and knowledge. For advanced undergraduates in philosophy, for researchers - in Australia, Asia, Europe or America - on epistemology, theory of meaning, Indian or comparative philosophy, as well as for specialists interested in this relatively fresh topic of knowledge transmission and epistemic dependence this book will be a feast. After its publication analytic philosophy and Indian philosophy will have no excuse for shunning each other
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401095921
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. An Overview of the Evolution of the U.S. Pecan Industry -- 2. Pecan Production -- 3. Pecan Physiology and Composition -- 4. Pecan Processing -- 5. Mechanization of Post-Harvest Pecan Processing -- 6. Microbiology and Sanitation -- 7. Pecan Composition -- 8. Methods for Measurement of Pecan Quality -- 9. Structure and Performance of the Pecan Market -- Appendix: Further Reading.
    Abstract: Flavorwise and texturewise pecans are the "Queen of the Edible Nuts. " This has been verified by salters, bakers, confectioners and ice cream manufacturers in America and western Europe. Hickory nuts and macadamia nuts are close behind, but are available only in limited supply. Pecans are among the nuts highest in oil content. In general, the varieties of nuts with the highest oil content are also rich in flavor and tender in texture. Some varieties of pecans (i. e. , Schley and Curtis) have been shown to contain as much as 76% oil. The oil in pecans is highly unsaturated, which means it is desirable from a nutritional standpoint but that it is also highly susceptible to oxidation which can cause pecans to tum stale and rancid. Pecans used in confections, bakery goods, cereals, or in snacks are more subject to staleness and rancidity than most nuts because these products are often stored at ambient temperatures. For this reason, pecans are considered to be semi-perishable and are not used in some "fine" products due to their limited shelf-life. Research at the Georgia Experiment Station has shown that raw pecans or most pecan products may be held in good condition for more than 20 years if freezing is the mode of preservation. However, development of new products demands that pecans be stored at ambient temperatures for extended intervals. Pecan 'meat' is easily bruised during shelling and handling.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. An Overview of the Evolution of the U.S. Pecan Industry2. Pecan Production -- 3. Pecan Physiology and Composition -- 4. Pecan Processing -- 5. Mechanization of Post-Harvest Pecan Processing -- 6. Microbiology and Sanitation -- 7. Pecan Composition -- 8. Methods for Measurement of Pecan Quality -- 9. Structure and Performance of the Pecan Market -- Appendix: Further Reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    ISBN: 9789401107747
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 420 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 234
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Statistics ; Science—Philosophy. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Patrick Suppes is a philosopher and scientist whose contributions range over probability and statistics, mathematical and experimental psychology, the foundations of physics, education theory, the philosophy of language, measurement theory, and the philosophy of science. He has also been a pioneer in the area of computer assisted instruction. In each of these areas, Suppes has provided seminal ideas that in some cases led to shaping the direction of research in the field. The papers contained in this collection were commissioned with the mandate of advancing research in their respective fields rather than retrospectively surveying the contributions that Suppes himself has made. The authors form an interesting mixture of researchers in both formal philosophy of science and science itself all of whom have been inspired by his ideas. To maintain the spirit of constructive dialogue that characterizes Suppes's intellectual style, he has written individual responses to each article. In Volume 1: Probability and Probabilistic Causality, nineteen distinguished philosophers and scientists focus their attention on probabilistic issues. In Part I the contributors explore axiomatic representations of probability theory including qualitative and interval valued probabilities as well as traditional point valued probabilities. Belief structures and the dynamics of belief are also treated in detail. In Part II the rapidly growing field of probabilistic causation is assessed from both formal and empirical viewpoints. For probability theorists, statisticians, economists, philosophers of science, psychologists and those interested in the foundations of mathematical social science. In Volume 2: Philosophy of Physics, Theory Structure, and Measurement Theory, fifteen distinguished philosophers and scientists cover a wide variety of topics. Part III covers issues in quantum theory, geometry, classical mechanics, and computational physics. Part IV explores Suppes's well known set-theoretic account of scientific theories which has served him well throughout his career. Suppes's contributions to measurement theory have been widely used in mathematical psychology and elsewhere, and this material is the subject of Part V. For physicists, logicians, workers in mathematical social sicence, and philosophers of science. In Volume 3: Philosophy of Language and Logic, Learning and Action Theory, fourteen distinguished philosophers and scientists explore issues in the philosophy of languag ...
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    ISBN: 9789401583114
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 614 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 236
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Logic ; History ; Science—Philosophy. ; Mathematical logic. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: This collection of 38 papers gives a cross-section of ongoing research in philosophy of science and philosophical logic. The papers, written by active researchers in the field and published here for the first time, are drawn from around 650 papers that were contributed to the 9th International Congress of Logic, Methodology and Philosophy of Science in Uppsala, Sweden, 1991. Some of the speakers whose contributions attracted special interest were invited to contribute their papers to this volume. A few papers appear here more or less as they were presented at the Congress, whereas others are expansions or elaborations of the talks given. There is one section with five papers on philosophical logic. The other papers deal with many different aspects of philosophy of science, including general methodological questions, problems of probability, induction and decision theory, and ethics of science and technology, as well as foundational problems about particular sciences. Five special sections are concerned with logic, mathematics and computer science, the physical sciences, the biological sciences, cognitive science, and linguistics, respectively. Finally, there is one section on the history of logic, methodology and philosophy of science. The book will be of interest to philosophers of science and logicians, as well as to all researchers interested in the foundations of their disciplines
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    ISBN: 9789401583343
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 284 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 237
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Logic ; Phenomenology ; Mathematical logic. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: At the turn of the century, Gottlob Frege and Edmund Husserl both participated in the discussion concerning the foundations of logic and mathematics. Since the 1960s, comparisons have been made between Frege's semantic views and Husserl's theory of intentional acts. In quite recent years, new approaches to the two philosophers' views have appeared. This collection of articles opens with the first English translation of Dagfinn Føllesdal's early classic on Husserl and Frege of 1958. The book brings together a number of new contributions by well-known authors and gives a survey of recent developments in the field. It shows that Husserl's thought is coming to occupy a central role in the philosophy of logic and mathematics, as well as in the philosophy of mind and cognitive science. The work is primarily meant for philosophers, especially for those working on the problems of language, logic, mathematics, and mind. It can also be used as a textbook in advanced courses in philosophy
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401582735
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 367 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 228
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Logic ; Computational linguistics ; Mathematical logic. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Poland has played an enormous role in the development of mathematical logic. Leading Polish logicians, like Lesniewski, Lukasiewicz and Tarski, produced several works related to philosophical logic, a field covering different topics relevant to philosophical foundations of logic itself, as well as various individual sciences. This collection presents contemporary Polish work in philosophical logic which in many respects continue the Polish way of doing philosophical logic. This book will be of interest to logicians, mathematicians, philosophers, and linguists
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    ISBN: 9789401115742
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introductory concepts1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Range of applications -- 1.3 Types of data -- 1.4 Known constants and parameters -- 1.5 Assumptions -- 1.6 Fundamental concept -- 1.7 Detection -- 1.8 History of methods -- 1.9 Program DISTANCE -- 2 Assumptions and modelling philosophy -- 2.1 Assumptions -- 2.2 Fundamental models -- 2.3 Philosophy and strategy -- 2.4 Robust models -- 2.5 Some analysis guidelines -- 3 Statistical theory -- 3.1 General formula -- 3.2 Hazard-rate modelling of the detection process -- 3.3 The key function formulation for distance data -- 3.4 Maximum likelihood methods -- 3.5 Choice of model -- 3.6 Estimation for clustered populations -- 3.7 Density, variance and interval estimation -- 3.8 Stratification and covariates -- 4 Line transects -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Example data -- 4.3 Truncation -- 4.4 Estimating the variance in sample size -- 4.5 Analysis of grouped or ungrouped data -- 4.6 Model selection -- 4.7 Estimation of density and measures of precision -- 4.8 Estimation when the objects are in clusters -- 4.9 Assumptions -- 4.10 Summary -- 5 Point transects -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Example data -- 5.3 Truncation -- 5.4 Estimating the variance in sample size -- 5.5 Analysis of grouped or ungrouped data -- 5.6 Model selection -- 5.7 Estimation of density and measures of precision -- 5.8 Estimation when the objects are in clusters -- 5.9 Assumptions -- 5.10 Summary -- 6 Extensions and related work -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Other models -- 6.3 Modelling variation in encounter rate and cluster size -- 6.4 Estimation of the probability of detection on the line or point -- 6.5 On the concept of detection search effort -- 6.6 Fixed versus random sample size -- 6.7 Efficient simulation of distance data -- 6.8 Thoughts about a full likelihood approach -- 6.9 Distance sampling in three dimensions -- 6.10 Cue counting -- 6.11 Trapping webs -- 6.12 Migration counts -- 6.13 Point-to-object and nearest neighbour methods -- 7 Study design and field methods -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Survey design -- 7.3 Searching behaviour -- 7.4 Measurements -- 7.5 Training observers -- 7.6 Field methods for mobile objects -- 7.7 Field methods when detection on the centerline is not certain -- 7.8 Field comparisons between line transects, point transects and mapping censuses -- 7.9 Summary -- 8 Illustrative examples -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Lake Huron brick data -- 8.3 Wooden stake data -- 8.4 Studies of nest density -- 8.5 Fin whale abundance in the North Atlantic -- 8.6 Use of tuna vessel observer data to assess trends in abundance of dolphins -- 8.7 House wren densities in South Platte River bottomland -- 8.8 Songbird surveys in Arapaho National Wildlife Refuge -- 8.9 Assessing the effects of habitat on density -- Appendix A List of common and scientific names cited -- Appendix B Notation and abbreviations, and their definitions.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401123181
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 310 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Patterns and processes in a landscape under stress: the study area1 Patterns and processes in a landscape under stress: the study area -- One Spatial Relations by Water Flows -- 2 Nutrient enrichment of freshwater wetlands -- 3 Linking ecological patterns to hydrological conditions on various spatial scales: case study of small stream valleys -- 4 Hydroecological modelling in a polder landscape: a tool for wetland management -- Two Spatial Relations by Air Flows -- 5 Atmospheric nitrogen deposition and its impact on terrestrial ecosystems -- 6 Ditch banks as a conservation focus in intensively exploited peat farmland -- Three Spatial Relations by Moving Organisms -- 7 Population responses to landscape fragmentation -- 8 Metapopulation models for impact assessment of fragmentation -- Four Methods and Concepts of Landscape Planning -- 9 Landscape planning for nature restoration: comparing regional scenarios -- 10 The framework concept and the hydrological landscape structure: a new perspective in the design of multifunctional landscapes -- 11 Nature conservation and extraction of drinking water in coastal dunes: the Meijendel area -- 12 Artificial wetlands: a device for restoring natural wetland values -- 13 Water relations in urban systems: an ecological approach to planning and design.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401118682
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Sampling the Egg Population2 Sampling the Larval Population -- 3 Sampling the Adult Resting Population -- 4 Sampling Adults with Non-Attractant Traps -- 5 Sampling Adults by Animal Bait Catches and by Animal-Baited Traps -- 6 Sampling Adults with Carbon Dioxide Traps, Light-Traps, Visual Attraction Traps and Sound Traps -- 7 Sampling the Emerging Adult Population -- 8 Experimental Hut Techniques for Evaluating Insecticides -- 9 Mark-Recapture Techniques and Adult Dispersal -- 10 Estimation of the Mortalities of the Immature Stages and Adults -- 11 Indices of Association between Species and Species Diversity -- 12 Ecological and Statistical Publications -- Author Index -- Mosquito Species Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401125000
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 276 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 141
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 141
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Humanities ; History ; Science—Philosophy. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: This is a collection of papers on philosophy of science, conceptual history of science, and sociology of science written by Taiwanese scholars. It is perhaps one of the best, written by Taiwanese, in all Chinese-speaking societies. Some works in it show Orientals study topics that are typically Western philosophy of science. Others show how traditional topics in the history of Chinese science (mathematics, optics, and geology) could be studied with high sensitivity to the philosophy and sociology of science. It also touches upon issues of the `autonomous' development of social sciences in Taiwan, a society whose academic researches are greatly influenced by the West. This collection will prove stimulating and valuable to general and scholarly readers alike who are interested in philosophy and history of science, especially as related to East Asia and the West. The book will interest scholars in philosophy of science, philosophy of language and psychology, studies of philosophy of science in the third world, history of Chinese science, history of science in East Asia, and history of mathematics
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401121323
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1048 p)
    Edition: 10th edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: A -- B -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- J -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X -- Y -- Z.
    Abstract: This edition of over 60 000 entries, including significantly more than 20% new or revised material, not only updates its predecessor but also continues the policy of extending coverage to areas dealt with only sparsely in previous editions. Special attention has been paid to the Far East, Australasia and Latin America in general, and to the People's Republic of China in particular. The cross-referencing between a defunct organization and its successor (indicated by ex and now) introduced into the last edition, has been extended. Otherwise the policies adopted in previous editions have been retained. All kinds of organizations are included - international, national, governmental, individual, large or small - but strictly local organizations have been omitted. The subject scope includes activities of all kinds, in the fields of commerce and industry, education, law, politics, public administration, religion, recreation, medicine, science and technology. The country of origin of a national organization is given in brackets, unless it is the home country of the title language or can be deduced readily from the title itself. Acronyms of parent bodies of subsidiary organizations are also added in brackets. Equivalences are used to link acronyms in different languages for the same organization. A select bibliography guides the reader to specialist works providing more detailed information.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    ISBN: 9789401118446
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 213 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Linguistics ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Semantics ; Aesthetics ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Semiotics. ; Science—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Metaphor lies at the heart of the contemporary debate in aesthetics, semantics and the philosophy of science. It is generally recognised now that metaphor is not an obfuscation of the truth (as so many philosophers since Plato have argued); on the contrary, it is essential that we consider metaphor if we strive for an optimal understanding of how truth is gained both in science and in our everyday dealings with reality. Hence, metaphor is not of interest only for the literary theorists, but for all those who wish to understand science and how to grasp the structure of our social world. This volume presents eleven essays on the role of metaphor in philosophy, poetry, semiotics, art, literary criticism, economics, medical science and in political theory. Through the use of metaphor, the contributors provide a unique and exciting picture of these disciplines
    Description / Table of Contents: I: Metaphor and TruthMetaphor and Cognition -- Truth and Metaphor -- Models, Metaphors and Truth -- Metaphor and Truth: A Liberal Approach -- Poetry, Knowledge, and Metaphor -- On the Way to Conceptual and Perceptual Knowledge -- II: The Uses of Metaphor -- Metaphor and Painting -- The Confused God: About a Metaphor in Literary Semiotics -- Economics and Language -- Metaphor in 19th-Century Medicine -- Metaphor in Political Theory -- List of Contributors -- Index of Names -- Index of Subjects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401114967
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Sixth edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Growth and nutrition -- 3 Zygomycotina and Mastigomycotina -- 4 Ascomycotina -- 5 Basidiomycotina -- 6 Deuteromycotina -- 7 Dispersal in fungi -- 8 Fungal genetics -- 9 Ecology of saprotrophic fungi -- 10 Fungi as plant pathogens -- 11 Fungi as mutualistic symbionts -- 12 Fungi and human affairs -- Further reading: Books on fungi.
    Abstract: This book has passed through a number of editions each involving some modifications while retaining the general character of the first. The most substantial changes occurred in the fifth (1983), but that is now out-of-date. Mycology has not been immune from the rapid evolution of biology in the past decade and the preparation was a long way beyond the capacity of the older writer (C.T.I.). So a younger one (H.J.H.) has collaborated with him. Substantial changes have been made throughout, particularly in relation to taxonomy but in general Chapters 1-7 have undergone relatively little revision. However, this is not true of Chapters 8-12 where the influence of the younger author is paramount. The basic idea of the book remains, namely to present fungi as living organisms profoundly affecting the lives of other kinds of living organisms, especially Man. Their study is of the greatest importance and what is more it is great fun. Many of the diagrams have been retained, but some have been redrawn and new ones added. Weare pleased to acknowledge the patience and artistic skills of Mrs Lindsay J. Wilson in producing these. Some coloured plates have also been introduced from photographs taken by H.J .H.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Growth and nutrition -- 3 Zygomycotina and Mastigomycotina -- 4 Ascomycotina -- 5 Basidiomycotina -- 6 Deuteromycotina -- 7 Dispersal in fungi -- 8 Fungal genetics -- 9 Ecology of saprotrophic fungi -- 10 Fungi as plant pathogens -- 11 Fungi as mutualistic symbionts -- 12 Fungi and human affairs -- Further reading: Books on fungi.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9789401581615
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 285 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy 51
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Linguistics ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Semantics ; Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax ; Metaphysics ; Comparative linguistics ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Semiotics. ; Grammar, Comparative and general—Syntax.
    Abstract: The Language of Propositions and Events offers a comprehensive theory of the relation between noun meaning and verb meaning. Two main theses are defended in this book. The first thesis is that an adequate account of the interpretation and distribution of nominals calls for a distinction between three types of entities in the domain of discourse: events, propositions, and states of affairs. It is argued that different types of nominals differ in their ability to denote entities of these types and that predicates differ in their ability to select for them. The second main thesis is that an adequate characterization of the relation between noun meaning and verb meaning can be given by taking account of the fact that situations may stand in the part of relation. Kratzer's semantics of situations is the basis for this analysis of nominalization. Moreover, the book addresses the issue of the argument structure of nominals and offers an analysis of the puzzling distribution of infinito sostantivato in Italian. For graduate students in semantics and syntax, theoretical linguists, philosophers of language, students of Romance linguistics
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401581981
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 239 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 18
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Philosophy of law ; Logic ; Administrative law ; Law—Philosophy. ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Law—History.
    Abstract: Law is traditionally conceived as consisting of norms of conduct and power-conferring norms. This conception, however, is unable to account for a variety of elements of modern legal systems that differ significantly from the classical notions. This book concerns the problem of which results of human activity can obtain legal validity. The author makes use of recent findings in speech act theory, especially John R. Searle and Daniel Vanderveken's illocutionary logic. He sets out a theory of legal norms conceived as institutional legal facts resulting from performances of speech acts specified in power-conferring norms. The theory provides a classification of acts-in-the-law and of legal norms resulting from performances of these. Finally, the transition is made from institutional legal facts to legal institutions. The book is a contribution to the institutional theory of law as developed by N. MacCormick and O. Weinberger
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401115049
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: Information management -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Spatial data systems -- 1.3 Decision making -- 1.4 Organisations and their objectives -- 1.5 The management of information -- 1.6 Information networks -- 1.7 Information systems -- 1.8 Geo-information systems -- 1.9 Spatial decision support systems -- 2: Data for geo-information systems -- 2.1 Data into information -- 2.2 Describing geographic location -- 2.3 Objects and hierarchies -- 2.4 Maps and cartographic representation -- 2.5 Considerations in using maps -- 2.6 Map-based geo-information systems -- 2.7 Data derived from spatial analysis -- 2.8 Address-based spatial information -- 2.9 Postcodes -- 2.10 Other spatial datasets -- 2.11 Attribute data -- 2.12 Metadata -- 3: Geo-information databases -- 3.1 Choosing the right data structure -- 3.2 Data structures and data models -- 3.3 Spatial data models -- 3.4 Spatial data structures -- 3.5 Problems of three dimensional data -- 3.6 Temporal data model -- 3.7 Database management systems -- 3.8 Physical and logical database design -- 3.9 DBMS structures -- 3.10 Standard query language (SQL) -- 3.11 Object-oriented databases -- 4: Integrated approaches to GIS -- 4.1 Benefits of information integration -- 4.2 Integrated data models -- 4.3 Information networks -- 4.4 Integration with existing databases -- 4.5 Open systems environment -- 4.6 Integration frameworks -- 4.7 Corporate solutions -- 4.8 Organisational issues -- 4.9 Implementation strategies -- 4.10 Benefits and costs -- 5: Low cost spatial information systems -- 5.1 Low cost strategies -- 5.2 Development of the microcomputer -- 5.3 Availability of software -- 5.4 Developing technologies -- 5.5 Stand alone solutions -- 5.6 Network solutions -- 5.7 Data availability -- 5.8 Human resourcing issues -- 5.9 Implementation issues -- 5.10 Low cost GIS users -- 6: Copyright and legal issues -- 6.1 Who owns the data? -- 6.2 Law related to information -- 6.3 Access to information -- 6.4 Data ownership and copyright -- 6.5 Added value information -- 6.6 Liability and GIS -- 6.7 Accuracy of information -- 6.8 Inappropriate map usage -- 6.9 Data availability and government policy -- 7: Standards for spatial information -- 7.1 The role of standards -- 7.2 Standards organisations -- 7.3 Data transfer standards -- 7.4 UK National Transfer Format -- 7.5 US Spatial Data Transfer Standard -- 7.6 DIGEST -- 7.7 ASRP Raster Standard -- 7.8 Other standards -- 7.9 Importance of standards -- 8: Analysis functions in GIS -- 8.1 Analysis in GIS -- 8.2 Manipulation versus analysis -- 8.3 Query and manipulation in integrated solutions -- 8.4 Statistical analysis -- 8.5 Modelling of spatial data -- 8.6 Models for managing derived data -- 8.7 Metadatabases and data dictionaries -- 8.8 Developing operating procedures for analytical processes -- 9: Graphical user interfaces -- 9.1 Human-computer interface -- 9.2 User-friendly GIS -- 9.3 Generic interface types -- 9.4 User interfaces for decision support systems -- 9.5 GIS-independent user interfaces -- 9.6 Specific applications of graphical user interfaces -- 9.7 Issues of communication -- 9.8 Help facilities -- 10: Visualisation -- 10.1 Cartographic visualisation -- 10.2 Perception and patterns -- 10.3 Map design issues -- 10.4 Colour and symbolisation -- 10.5 Typology and text placement -- 10.6 Interactive map specifications -- 10.7 Scientific visualisation -- 10.8 Terrain representation -- 10.9 Three dimensional visualisation -- 10.10 Perspective cartography -- 10.11 Visualisaton of temporal information -- 10.12 Virtual reality -- 11: Image-based spatial information systems -- 11.1 Image-based information systems -- 11.2 Vertical aerial photography -- 11.3 Photogrammetric data collection -- 11.4 Recent technical advances -- 11.5 Photo interpretation -- 11.6 Orthophotos -- 11.7 Digital photogrammetry -- 11.8 Seamless aerial photography -- 11.9 Changing role of aerial photography in GIS -- 11.10 Remote sensing -- 11.11 Image analysis -- 11.12 Role of remote sensing -- 11.13 Integrated image-based systems -- 12: Multimedia and hypermaps -- 12.1 The multimedia concept -- 12.2 Multimedia data -- 12.3 Digital video -- 12.4 Sound -- 12.5 Animation -- 12.6 Hypertext concept -- 12.7 Hyperdocuments -- 12.8 Hypertext user interfaces -- 12.9 Hypermaps -- 12.10 Cartographic representation in multimedia -- 12.11 Integrated geo-based multimedia solutions -- Appendix A: Acronyms -- Appendix B: A summary of the main GIS and related software that has been developed for microcomputers.
    Abstract: This book was inspired by the revolution in geographical information systems during the late 1970s and 1980s which introduced to many the concept of computer-based information systems for spatially referenced data. The map, the aerial photograph and the satellite image were wedded to a database of textual information through the rapidly developing technology of powerful graphics workstations. This brought the skills of the geographer to a wide range of disciplines and specialists. But this book is not about the basic concepts of geographical information systems themselves. It is not about hardware or software per se, nor the integral concepts of geo-referenced data handling built into such systems; these are to be found in a growing number of introductory texts on the subject. Instead the focus of this book is on of geo-information management. the much wider issues While an understanding of the systems, their capabilities and limitations is necessary, of greater importance to the long term application of geographical understanding to problem solving is the wider context of information handling. Spatial data are becoming increasingly important in understanding the issues that confront the world. Chapter 1 is a discussion of the general issues which relate to management and information systems. It concludes with review of spatial decision support systems which are of increasing importance to the GIS community.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: Information management1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Spatial data systems -- 1.3 Decision making -- 1.4 Organisations and their objectives -- 1.5 The management of information -- 1.6 Information networks -- 1.7 Information systems -- 1.8 Geo-information systems -- 1.9 Spatial decision support systems -- 2: Data for geo-information systems -- 2.1 Data into information -- 2.2 Describing geographic location -- 2.3 Objects and hierarchies -- 2.4 Maps and cartographic representation -- 2.5 Considerations in using maps -- 2.6 Map-based geo-information systems -- 2.7 Data derived from spatial analysis -- 2.8 Address-based spatial information -- 2.9 Postcodes -- 2.10 Other spatial datasets -- 2.11 Attribute data -- 2.12 Metadata -- 3: Geo-information databases -- 3.1 Choosing the right data structure -- 3.2 Data structures and data models -- 3.3 Spatial data models -- 3.4 Spatial data structures -- 3.5 Problems of three dimensional data -- 3.6 Temporal data model -- 3.7 Database management systems -- 3.8 Physical and logical database design -- 3.9 DBMS structures -- 3.10 Standard query language (SQL) -- 3.11 Object-oriented databases -- 4: Integrated approaches to GIS -- 4.1 Benefits of information integration -- 4.2 Integrated data models -- 4.3 Information networks -- 4.4 Integration with existing databases -- 4.5 Open systems environment -- 4.6 Integration frameworks -- 4.7 Corporate solutions -- 4.8 Organisational issues -- 4.9 Implementation strategies -- 4.10 Benefits and costs -- 5: Low cost spatial information systems -- 5.1 Low cost strategies -- 5.2 Development of the microcomputer -- 5.3 Availability of software -- 5.4 Developing technologies -- 5.5 Stand alone solutions -- 5.6 Network solutions -- 5.7 Data availability -- 5.8 Human resourcing issues -- 5.9 Implementation issues -- 5.10 Low cost GIS users -- 6: Copyright and legal issues -- 6.1 Who owns the data? -- 6.2 Law related to information -- 6.3 Access to information -- 6.4 Data ownership and copyright -- 6.5 Added value information -- 6.6 Liability and GIS -- 6.7 Accuracy of information -- 6.8 Inappropriate map usage -- 6.9 Data availability and government policy -- 7: Standards for spatial information -- 7.1 The role of standards -- 7.2 Standards organisations -- 7.3 Data transfer standards -- 7.4 UK National Transfer Format -- 7.5 US Spatial Data Transfer Standard -- 7.6 DIGEST -- 7.7 ASRP Raster Standard -- 7.8 Other standards -- 7.9 Importance of standards -- 8: Analysis functions in GIS -- 8.1 Analysis in GIS -- 8.2 Manipulation versus analysis -- 8.3 Query and manipulation in integrated solutions -- 8.4 Statistical analysis -- 8.5 Modelling of spatial data -- 8.6 Models for managing derived data -- 8.7 Metadatabases and data dictionaries -- 8.8 Developing operating procedures for analytical processes -- 9: Graphical user interfaces -- 9.1 Human-computer interface -- 9.2 User-friendly GIS -- 9.3 Generic interface types -- 9.4 User interfaces for decision support systems -- 9.5 GIS-independent user interfaces -- 9.6 Specific applications of graphical user interfaces -- 9.7 Issues of communication -- 9.8 Help facilities -- 10: Visualisation -- 10.1 Cartographic visualisation -- 10.2 Perception and patterns -- 10.3 Map design issues -- 10.4 Colour and symbolisation -- 10.5 Typology and text placement -- 10.6 Interactive map specifications -- 10.7 Scientific visualisation -- 10.8 Terrain representation -- 10.9 Three dimensional visualisation -- 10.10 Perspective cartography -- 10.11 Visualisaton of temporal information -- 10.12 Virtual reality -- 11: Image-based spatial information systems -- 11.1 Image-based information systems -- 11.2 Vertical aerial photography -- 11.3 Photogrammetric data collection -- 11.4 Recent technical advances -- 11.5 Photo interpretation -- 11.6 Orthophotos -- 11.7 Digital photogrammetry -- 11.8 Seamless aerial photography -- 11.9 Changing role of aerial photography in GIS -- 11.10 Remote sensing -- 11.11 Image analysis -- 11.12 Role of remote sensing -- 11.13 Integrated image-based systems -- 12: Multimedia and hypermaps -- 12.1 The multimedia concept -- 12.2 Multimedia data -- 12.3 Digital video -- 12.4 Sound -- 12.5 Animation -- 12.6 Hypertext concept -- 12.7 Hyperdocuments -- 12.8 Hypertext user interfaces -- 12.9 Hypermaps -- 12.10 Cartographic representation in multimedia -- 12.11 Integrated geo-based multimedia solutions -- Appendix A: Acronyms -- Appendix B: A summary of the main GIS and related software that has been developed for microcomputers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401114929
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Edition 1
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: Directory Section -- Glass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Optical Fibres & Cables -- Two: Data Section -- Section 1: Continuous Filament Yarns -- Glass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Section 2: Reinforcements for Thermosets -- Section 3: Reinforcements for Thermoplastics -- Section 4: Reinforcements for Cement & Gypsum -- Section 5: Tissues, Surfacing Veils, Mats & Fabrics -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Section 6: Filtration Materials -- Section 7: Insulation Materials -- Section 8: Glass Fibre Fabrics for Printed Circuit Boards -- Section 9: Miscellaneous Materials -- Materials for the Optical Fibre Industry -- Section 10: Fibres -- Section 11: Fibre Cables -- Section 12: Optical Fibre Cable Support Members -- Late Entries -- Index to Advertisers.
    Description / Table of Contents: One: Directory SectionGlass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Optical Fibres & Cables -- Two: Data Section -- Section 1: Continuous Filament Yarns -- Glass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Section 2: Reinforcements for Thermosets -- Section 3: Reinforcements for Thermoplastics -- Section 4: Reinforcements for Cement & Gypsum -- Section 5: Tissues, Surfacing Veils, Mats & Fabrics -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Section 6: Filtration Materials -- Section 7: Insulation Materials -- Section 8: Glass Fibre Fabrics for Printed Circuit Boards -- Section 9: Miscellaneous Materials -- Materials for the Optical Fibre Industry -- Section 10: Fibres -- Section 11: Fibre Cables -- Section 12: Optical Fibre Cable Support Members -- Late Entries -- Index to Advertisers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    ISBN: 9789401115162
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 276 p) , digital
    Edition: Second edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9789401091763
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: One: Precision and Accuracy in Studies of Climatic Change and Human Impact1 Precision, concepts, controversies: Alan Smith’s contributions to vegetational history and palaeoecology -- 2 Forward to the past: changing approaches to Quaternary palaeoecology -- 3 Radiocarbon dating and the palynologist: a realistic approach to precision and accuracy -- 4 Great oaks from little acorns..: precision and accuracy in Irish dendrochronology -- Two: Climatic Change on the Landscape -- 5 Peat bogs as sources of proxy climatic data: past approaches and future research -- 6 Forest response to Holocene climatic change: equilibrium or non-equilibrium -- 7 Isolating the climatic factors in early- and mid-Holocene palaeobotanical records from Scotland -- 8 Radiocarbon dating of arctic-alpine palaeosols and the reconstruction of Holocene palaeoenvironmental change -- Three: Evidence for Human Impact -- 9 Earliest palynological records of human impact on the world’s vegetation -- 10 Vegetation change during the Mesolithic in the British Isles: some amplifications -- 11 The development of high moorland on Dartmoor: fire and the influence of Mesolithic activity on vegetation change -- 12 Models of mid-Holocene forest farming for north-west Europe -- 13 The influence of human communities on the English chalklands from the Mesolithic to the Iron Age: the molluscan evidence -- 14 Mesolithic, early Neolithic, and later prehistoric impacts on vegetation at a riverine site in Derbyshire, England -- 15 Holocene (Flandrian) vegetation change and human activity in the Carneddau area of upland mid-Wales -- 16 Early land use and vegetation history at Derryinver Hill, Renvyle Peninsula, Co. Galway, Ireland -- Four: Climatic Change and Human Impact: Relationship and Interaction -- 17 Rapid early-Holocene migration and high abundance of hazel (Corylus avellana L.): alternative hypotheses -- 18 The origin of blanket mire, revisited -- 19 Climatic change and human impact during the late Holocene in northern Britain -- 20 Palaeoecology of floating bogs and landscape change in the Great Lakes drainage basin of North America -- 21 Late Quaternary climatic change and human impact: commentary and conclusions -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401729642
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 313 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Vienna Circle Institute Yearbook [1993], Institut ‘Wiener Kreis’ Society for the Advancement of the Scientific World Conception 1
    Series Statement: Vienna Circle Institute Yearbook, Institute Vienna Circle, University of Vienna Vienna Circle Society, Society for the Advancement of Scientific World Conceptions 1
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; History ; Science—Philosophy. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Scientific Philosophy: Origins and Development is the first Yearbook of the Vienna Circle Institute, which was founded in October 1991. The book contains original contributions to an international symposium which was the first public event to be organised by the Institute: `Vienna--Berlin--Prague: The Rise of Scientific Philosophy: The Centenaries of Rudolf Carnap, Hans Reichenbach and Edgar Zilsel.' The first section of the book - `Scientific Philosophy - Origins and Developments' reveals the extent of scientific communication in the inter-War years between these great metropolitan centres, as well as presenting systematic investigations into the relevance of the heritage of the Vienna Circle to contemporary research and philosophy. This section offers a new paradigm for scientific philosophy, one which contrasts with the historiographical received view of logical empiricism. Support for this re-evaluation is offered in the second section, which contains, for the first time in English translation, Gustav Bergmann's recollections of the Vienna Circle, and an historical study of political economist Wilhelm Neurath, Otto Neurath's father. The third section gives a report on current computer-based research which documents the relevance of Otto Neurath's `Vienna method of pictorial statistics', or `Isotypes'. A review section describes new publications on Neurath and the Vienna Circle, as well anthologies relevant to Viennese philosophy and its history, setting them in their wider cultural and political perspective. Finally, a description is given of the Vienna Circle Institute and its activities since its foundation, as well as of its plans for the future
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401180900
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Fundamentals For All Capacitors -- Application Information -- 2 Ceramic Capacitors -- Application Information -- 3 Plastic Film Capacitors -- Application Information -- 4 Aluminum Electrolytic Capacitors -- Production Technology -- Electro-mechanical Considerations -- 5 Tantalum Capacitors -- Tantalum Foil Style -- Wet Tantalum Style -- Solid Tantalum Style -- Application Information -- 6 Glass Capacitors -- Application Information -- 7 Mica Capacitors -- Application Information -- Appendix A Capacitor Selection Guidelines -- Ceramic -- Paper/Plastic Dielectric -- Aluminum Electrolytic -- Tantalum Electrolytic -- Glass -- Mica -- Trimmer Capacitors -- Appendix B Equations and Symbol Definitions -- Basic Capacitor Formulas -- Metric Prefixes -- Symbols.
    Abstract: A long and varied experience in many areas of electronic circuit design has convinced me that capacitors are the most misunderstood and misused electronic component. This book provides practical guidance in the understanding, construction, use, and application of capacitors. Theory, combined with circuit application advice, will help to under­ stand what goes on in each component and in the final design. All chapters are arranged with the theory of the dielectric type discussed first, followed by circuit application information. With all chapters arranged in the same manner, this will make reading and using this book for reference easier. A practical glossary of terms used in the capacitor industry is included. The first chapter covers basic information that applies to all types of capacitors. Each following chapter addresses a different capacitor dielectric. This book could have been titled: 'Everything You Wanted To Know About Capacitors, But Were Afraid To Ask .. .' ix Preface THE CAPACITOR HANDBOOK Chapter 1 Fundamentals For All Capacitors For all practical purposes, consider only the parallel plate capacitor as illustrated in Fig. 1.1-two conductors or electrodes separated by a dielectric material of uniform thickness. The conductors can be any material that will conduct electricity easily. The dielectric must be a poor conductor-an insulator. Conductor (Electrode) Dielectric ,;~;...--~ Conductor (Electrode) 1..-----Wire to Outside World Fig. 1.1 The Parallel-Plate Capacitor Fig. 1.2 illustrates the symbol for a capacitor used in schematic diagrams of electronic circuits. The symbol resembles a parallel-plate model.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Fundamentals For All CapacitorsApplication Information -- 2 Ceramic Capacitors -- Application Information -- 3 Plastic Film Capacitors -- Application Information -- 4 Aluminum Electrolytic Capacitors -- Production Technology -- Electro-mechanical Considerations -- 5 Tantalum Capacitors -- Tantalum Foil Style -- Wet Tantalum Style -- Solid Tantalum Style -- Application Information -- 6 Glass Capacitors -- Application Information -- 7 Mica Capacitors -- Application Information -- Appendix A Capacitor Selection Guidelines -- Ceramic -- Paper/Plastic Dielectric -- Aluminum Electrolytic -- Tantalum Electrolytic -- Glass -- Mica -- Trimmer Capacitors -- Appendix B Equations and Symbol Definitions -- Basic Capacitor Formulas -- Metric Prefixes -- Symbols.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401176910
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Ninth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Economic Aspects of the Chemical Industry2 Pollution Prevention and Waste Minimization -- 3 Industrial Wastewater and Hazardous Materials Treatment Technology -- 4 Applied Statistical Methods and the Chemical Industry -- 5 Safety Considerations in the Chemical Process Industries -- 6 Managing an Emergency Preparedness Program -- 7 Wood and Wood Products -- 8 Animal and Vegetable Fats, Oils and Waxes -- 9 Sugar and Other Sweeteners -- 10 Phosphorus and Phosphates -- 11 Fertilizers -- 12 Salt, Chlor-Alkali, and Related Heavy Chemicals -- 13 Industrial Gases -- 14 Sulfur and Sulfuric Acid -- 15 Petroleum and Its Products -- 16 Natural Gas -- 17 Coal Technology -- 18 Rubber -- 19 Synthetic Resins and Plastics -- 20 The Chemistry of Structural Adhesives -- 21 Manufactured Textile Fibers -- 22 Synthetic Organic Chemicals -- 23 Dye Application, Manufacture of Dye Intermediates and Dyes -- 24 Industrial Fermentation: Principles, Processes, and Products -- 25 The Pharmaceutical Industry -- 26 Soap, Fatty Acids, and Synthetic Detergents -- 27 Pigments, Paints, Polymer Coatings, Varnishes, Lacquers, and Printing Inks -- 28 Synthetic Nitrogen Products -- 29 The Agrochemical Industry -- 30 Chemical Explosives and Rocket Propellants -- 31 The Nuclear Industry.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    ISBN: 9789401730662
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 462 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 224
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Semantics ; Metaphysics ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Semiotics. ; Science—Philosophy.
    Abstract: This treatise, in its first part, moves from a consideration of behavior and ulterance through a definition of assertion as a kind of utterance to a consideration of statements, conceived of as products of assertion, to be represented by pairs of testing procedures of verification and falsification. The treatise, in its second part, identifies a small number of basic forms of testing procedures, affiliated to the syncategoremata of classical philosophy, and uses these to represent all distinguishable, humanly producible, forms of statement. This same apparatus is used, in the third part of the treatise, to explain our conception of an object of reference and of various constructions from such objects. Particular attention is given to bodies and to other things met with in space and time, where it is finally argued that bodies, as we have explained them, are our most fundamental objects of reference
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    ISBN: 9789401123020
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 260 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Most politicians have jumped on the conservation bandwagon, and nobody running for public office these days can afford to take an overtly anti­ environment stand. The fascination that children have for nature, the gen­ erous donations people make to conservation organizations, the votes cast for 'Green Parties,' the continuing popularity of zoos and wildlife films, and the strong sales of books about the environment all provide evidence to politicians that the general public supports the idea of conservation. Conservation has become a major issue for governments. No longer is it necessary for conservationists to campaign for getting the cause on the agenda: it is already there, at least as a talking point. The issue now is how to convert this generalized interest into real action. And among the many priorities competing for attention, how is a govern­ ment (or a private organization) to decide wh at to do first? From a very limited budget - for budgets will always be limited - what is the package of activities that is most likely to lead to the results that the public wants? lan Spellerberg attempts to address these questions which are at the he art of modern conservation action. It is relatively easy to prescribe useful activities that will benefit both the environment and the public at large.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401122665
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 224 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Calendering and embossing -- Calendering -- Embossing -- 2 Coating and laminating -- 3 Drying and curing -- Electron beam -- Hot air -- Infrared -- Radio frequency -- Ultraviolet -- 4 Fabrication -- Binding and print finishing terms -- Cartons and carton styles -- Board definitions -- Cutting and creasing definitions -- Adhesive and adhesion terms -- Miscellaneous items -- 5 Web and sheet operations -- Cutting processes -- Sheeting and sheet transportation -- Web transportation.
    Abstract: The term 'converting' is in widespread use yet there is no general agreement on its precise definition and scope. The converting industry is notoriously diffuse, encompassing wide web coating operations in paper and plastics packaging, trimming, sheeting and the intricate details of high quality bound book production. A bewildering array of jargon is in use, much of it based on customs and practices passed down for several generations and, increasingly, on new terms originating from the USA or mainland Europe. This book aims to satisfy the wishes of many converters for a standard reference work which can be used for education and as an aid to communication. The dictionary gives definitions of terms which may be encountered in any of the diverse group of technologies that is included under the general heading 'converting' which is defined as 'the process of transforming one or more preformed raw materials, usually in web or sheet form, to a state suitable for end use or further processing'. Thus both calendering and coating are included but only with reference to operations which are carried out separately from the paper machine, otherwise known as 'off-machine processes'. Also in­ cluded are methods of production of cartons, books, finished and coated papers, boards and laminates, and many other items of relevance to the paper and board, film, laminating, packaging and allied industries.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Calendering and embossingCalendering -- Embossing -- 2 Coating and laminating -- 3 Drying and curing -- Electron beam -- Hot air -- Infrared -- Radio frequency -- Ultraviolet -- 4 Fabrication -- Binding and print finishing terms -- Cartons and carton styles -- Board definitions -- Cutting and creasing definitions -- Adhesive and adhesion terms -- Miscellaneous items -- 5 Web and sheet operations -- Cutting processes -- Sheeting and sheet transportation -- Web transportation.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401131285
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (viii, 421 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Systems -- 1 Overview of manufacturing systems analysis in the technological age -- 2 Systems concepts -- Two Manufacturing -- 3 A conceptual model of a manufacturing system -- Three Systems Engineering -- 4 The general systems approach to problem-solving -- 5 Computer simulation in manufacturing systems analysis -- Four Manufacturing Systems -- 6 A design and evaluation methodology of manufacturing systems -- Appendices -- A Survey of traditional and current methods used for production planning and control of manufacturing systems -- A.1 Overview of production planning and control -- A.2 Traditional methodologies -- A.3 Integrated production planning and control -- A.4 Conclusion -- B Sample company document defining the system requirements for the control of supplies and services -- B.1 Introduction -- B.2 Objective -- B.3 Requirement of quality system -- C The PCModel instruction set -- C.1 Object movement -- C.2 Routeing control -- C.3 Arithmetic operation -- C.4 Data input/output -- References.
    Abstract: A technological book is written and published for one of two reasons: it either renders some other book in the same field obsolete or breaks new ground in the sense that a gap is filled. The present book aims to do the latter. On my return from industry to an academic career, I started writing this book because I had seen that a gap existed. Although a great deal of information appeared in the published literature about various technical aspects of advanced manufacturing technology (AMT), surprisingly little had been written about the systems con­ text within which the sophisticated hardware and software of AMT are utilized to increase efficiency. Therefore, I have attempted in this book to show how structured approaches in the design and evaluation of modern manufacturing plant may be adopted, with the objective of improving the performance of the factory as a whole. I hope this book will be a contribution to the newly recognized, multidisciplinary engineering function known as manufacturing sys­ tems engineering. The text has been designed specifically to demonstrate the systems aspects of modern manufacturing operations, including: systems con­ cepts of manufacturing operation; manufacturing systems modelling and evalua­ tion; and the structured design of manufacturing systems~ One of the major difficulties associated with writing a text of this nature stems from the diversity of the topics involved. I have attempted to solve this problem by adopting an overall framework into which the relevant topics are fitted.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Systems1 Overview of manufacturing systems analysis in the technological age -- 2 Systems concepts -- Two Manufacturing -- 3 A conceptual model of a manufacturing system -- Three Systems Engineering -- 4 The general systems approach to problem-solving -- 5 Computer simulation in manufacturing systems analysis -- Four Manufacturing Systems -- 6 A design and evaluation methodology of manufacturing systems -- Appendices -- A Survey of traditional and current methods used for production planning and control of manufacturing systems -- A.1 Overview of production planning and control -- A.2 Traditional methodologies -- A.3 Integrated production planning and control -- A.4 Conclusion -- B Sample company document defining the system requirements for the control of supplies and services -- B.1 Introduction -- B.2 Objective -- B.3 Requirement of quality system -- C The PCModel instruction set -- C.1 Object movement -- C.2 Routeing control -- C.3 Arithmetic operation -- C.4 Data input/output -- References.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401122948
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 255 p) , online resource
    Edition: Sixth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Systems of units -- The Dictionary A-Z -- Appendices -- A. Fundamental physical constants -- B. Standardization committees and conferences -- C. Tables of weights and measures -- D. Conversion tables -- E. Conversion factors for SI and CGS units -- References.
    Abstract: units have been included. References, which now number approximately 650, have been brought up to date. The most recently accepted values of the physical constants have been provided. Our thanks go to all those who, since the fifth edition, have helped in this revision by suggestions. In particular the authors express their gratitude to Jane M. Jerrard who, with enthusiasm, put the text into a computer and eliminated the editorial scissors and paste and simplified the onerous and long task of producing a text from the fragmented material of the revision. In the preface to the fifth edition it was suggested that the book provided at that time the most complete and up-to-date information of its kind available. The authors again make the same claim for this sixth edition. H. G. JERRARD D. B. McNEILL Warsash Newtownards Southampton Northern Ireland England Preface to the first edition The intense specialization that occurs in science today has meant that scientists working in one field are often not familiar with the nomenclature used by their colleagues in other fields. This is particularly so in physics. This dictionary is designed to help overcome this difficulty by giving information about the units, dimensionless numbers and scales which have been used, or are still being used, throughout the world. Some four hundred entries are provided and these are supplemented by about five hundred references. The definition of each entry is given together with relevant historical facts.
    Description / Table of Contents: Systems of unitsThe Dictionary A-Z -- Appendices -- A. Fundamental physical constants -- B. Standardization committees and conferences -- C. Tables of weights and measures -- D. Conversion tables -- E. Conversion factors for SI and CGS units -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401129206
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 309 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Environmental Management Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Descriptive Statistical Techniques -- 2 Environmetric Methods of Nonstationary Time-Series Analysis: Univaraute Methods -- 3 Regression and Correlation -- 4 Factor and Correlation Analysis of Multivariate Environmental Data -- 5 Errors and Detection Limits -- 6 Visual Representation of Data Including Graphical Exploratory Data Analysis -- 7 Quality Assurance for Environmental Assessment Activities.
    Abstract: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERIES The current expansion of both public and scientific interest in environ­ mental issues has not been accompanied by a commensurate production of adequate books, and those which are available are widely variable in approach and depth. The Environmental Management Series has been established with a view to co-ordinating a series of volumes dealing with each topic within the field in some depth. It is hoped that this Series will provide a uniform and quality coverage and that, over a period of years, it will build up to form a library of reference books covering most of the major topics within this diverse field. It is envisaged that the books will be of single, or dual authorship, or edited volumes as appropriate for respective topics. The level of presentation will be advanced, the books being aimed primarily at a research/consultancy readership. The coverage will include all aspects of environmental science and engineering pertinent to manage­ ment and monitoring of the natural and man-modified environment, as well as topics dealing with the political. t:conomic, legal and social con­ siderations pertaining to environmental management.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Descriptive Statistical Techniques2 Environmetric Methods of Nonstationary Time-Series Analysis: Univaraute Methods -- 3 Regression and Correlation -- 4 Factor and Correlation Analysis of Multivariate Environmental Data -- 5 Errors and Detection Limits -- 6 Visual Representation of Data Including Graphical Exploratory Data Analysis -- 7 Quality Assurance for Environmental Assessment Activities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401123648
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 398 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 History and development of probiotics -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 History -- 1.3 Composition of probiotic preparations -- References -- 2 Bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Methods for studying bacterial interactions -- 2.3 Main types of bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.3 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Metabolic interactions in the gut -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Mammalian intestinal metabolism -- 3.3 Gut bacterial metabolism -- 3.4 Conclusions -- References -- 4 Translocation and the indigenous gut flora -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Defence against bacterial translocation -- 4.3 Bacterial translocation in animal models with multiple deficiencies in host defences -- 4.4 Conclusion -- References -- 5 Gut flora and disease resistance -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Colonization resistance -- 5.3 Suppression of the multiplication of pathogens by the intestinal microflora -- 5.4 Mechanisms responsible for suppression of pathogens -- 5.5 Conclusions -- 5.6 The probiotic concept -- References -- 6 Factors affecting the microecology of the gut -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Definitions -- 6.3 Use of one or a limited number of bacterial strains in probiotic preparations -- 6.4 Ecological considerations -- 6.5 Recommendations for future developments -- References -- 7 Probiotics and the immune state -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Effect of orally administered lactic acid bacteria on immunity: non-specific and specific immune response -- 7.3 Effect of oral administration on the secretory immune system -- 7.4 Effect on the protection against enteric infections -- References -- 8 Genetit manipulation of gut microorganisms -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Microbes of potential interest -- 8.3 Molecular genetical studies -- 8.4 Stability of genetic determinants -- 8.5 Possible developments -- 8.6 Release of genetically modified microbes -- 8.7 Conclusions -- References -- 9 Selection of strains for probiotic use -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Aim of this chapter -- 9.3 First steps in the choice of microbial strains -- 9.4 Species and viability of probiotic microorganisms -- 9.5 Processing of viable microorganisms to end-products -- 9.6 Resistance to in vivo conditions -- 9.7 Adherence and colonization -- 9.8 Antimicrobial activity -- 9.9 Gene technology -- 9.10 Conclusion -- References -- 10 Probiotics for chickens -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 The normal intestinal flora of poultry -- 10.3 Host—microbial flora interactions -- 10.4 The application of probiosis to poultry -- 10.5 Lactic acid bacteria as probiotics -- 10.6 Competitive exclusion -- 10.7 Immunity -- 10.8 Bacteriophages -- 10.9 Summary -- References -- 11 Probiotics for pigs -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Special features of pigs relevant to the use of probiotics -- 11.3 Current use of probiotics -- 11.4 Efficacy -- 11.5 Functional characteristics of potential probiotic strains -- 11.6 General discussion -- References -- 12 Probiotics for ruminants -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Probiotics for young ruminants -- 12.3 Fungal feed additives for adult ruminants -- 12.4 Bacterial probiotics for adult ruminants -- 12.5 Future developments -- References -- 13 Probiotics for humans -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Colonization of the gastrointestinal tract -- 13.3 Current use of probiotics -- 13.4 Nutritional benefits of probiotics -- 13.5 Therapeutic benefits of probiotics -- 13.6 More recent developments in the area of probiotics and health -- 13.7 Properties required for probiotics to be effective in nutritional and therapeutic settings -- 13.8 Future development of probiotics for human use -- 13.9 Future applications of probiotics -- 13.10 Techniques for probiotic modification -- References -- 14 Problems and prospects -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Factors affecting the probiotic response -- 14.3 Future developments -- 14.4 Summary -- References.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 History and development of probiotics1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 History -- 1.3 Composition of probiotic preparations -- References -- 2 Bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Methods for studying bacterial interactions -- 2.3 Main types of bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.3 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Metabolic interactions in the gut -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Mammalian intestinal metabolism -- 3.3 Gut bacterial metabolism -- 3.4 Conclusions -- References -- 4 Translocation and the indigenous gut flora -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Defence against bacterial translocation -- 4.3 Bacterial translocation in animal models with multiple deficiencies in host defences -- 4.4 Conclusion -- References -- 5 Gut flora and disease resistance -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Colonization resistance -- 5.3 Suppression of the multiplication of pathogens by the intestinal microflora -- 5.4 Mechanisms responsible for suppression of pathogens -- 5.5 Conclusions -- 5.6 The probiotic concept -- References -- 6 Factors affecting the microecology of the gut -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Definitions -- 6.3 Use of one or a limited number of bacterial strains in probiotic preparations -- 6.4 Ecological considerations -- 6.5 Recommendations for future developments -- References -- 7 Probiotics and the immune state -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Effect of orally administered lactic acid bacteria on immunity: non-specific and specific immune response -- 7.3 Effect of oral administration on the secretory immune system -- 7.4 Effect on the protection against enteric infections -- References -- 8 Genetit manipulation of gut microorganisms -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Microbes of potential interest -- 8.3 Molecular genetical studies -- 8.4 Stability of genetic determinants -- 8.5 Possible developments -- 8.6 Release of genetically modified microbes -- 8.7 Conclusions -- References -- 9 Selection of strains for probiotic use -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Aim of this chapter -- 9.3 First steps in the choice of microbial strains -- 9.4 Species and viability of probiotic microorganisms -- 9.5 Processing of viable microorganisms to end-products -- 9.6 Resistance to in vivo conditions -- 9.7 Adherence and colonization -- 9.8 Antimicrobial activity -- 9.9 Gene technology -- 9.10 Conclusion -- References -- 10 Probiotics for chickens -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 The normal intestinal flora of poultry -- 10.3 Host-microbial flora interactions -- 10.4 The application of probiosis to poultry -- 10.5 Lactic acid bacteria as probiotics -- 10.6 Competitive exclusion -- 10.7 Immunity -- 10.8 Bacteriophages -- 10.9 Summary -- References -- 11 Probiotics for pigs -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Special features of pigs relevant to the use of probiotics -- 11.3 Current use of probiotics -- 11.4 Efficacy -- 11.5 Functional characteristics of potential probiotic strains -- 11.6 General discussion -- References -- 12 Probiotics for ruminants -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Probiotics for young ruminants -- 12.3 Fungal feed additives for adult ruminants -- 12.4 Bacterial probiotics for adult ruminants -- 12.5 Future developments -- References -- 13 Probiotics for humans -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Colonization of the gastrointestinal tract -- 13.3 Current use of probiotics -- 13.4 Nutritional benefits of probiotics -- 13.5 Therapeutic benefits of probiotics -- 13.6 More recent developments in the area of probiotics and health -- 13.7 Properties required for probiotics to be effective in nutritional and therapeutic settings -- 13.8 Future development of probiotics for human use -- 13.9 Future applications of probiotics -- 13.10 Techniques for probiotic modification -- References -- 14 Problems and prospects -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Factors affecting the probiotic response -- 14.3 Future developments -- 14.4 Summary -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    ISBN: 9789401122801
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 883 p) , digital
    Edition: 1
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: The Issues -- 1 Air pollution -- 2 Ozone depletion -- 3 Climate change -- 4 Availability of fresh water -- 5 Coastal and marine degradation -- 6 Land degradation -- 7 Deforestation and habitat loss -- 8 Loss of biological diversity -- 9 Environmental hazards -- 10 Toxic chemicals and hazardous wastes -- Two: Causes and Consequences -- 11 Agriculture and fisheries -- 12 Industry -- 13 Energy -- 14 Transport -- 15 Tourism -- 16 Population and resources -- 17 Human settlements -- 18 Health -- 19 Peace and security -- Three: The Response -- 20 Understanding the environment -- 21 Perceptions and attitudes -- 22 National responses -- 23 International responses -- Four: Looking Ahead -- 24 Challenges and opportunities -- Appendix A Contributors to the report -- Appendix B Reviewers, participants and commentators in workshops.
    Abstract: Our planet is under siege. Assaults on the atmosphere -the greenhouse effect, the depletion of the ozone layer and increasing air pollution - pose a still­ unquantified threat to human life. The dumping of hazardous wastes, and land­ based sources of pollution, present a similar threat to the oceans. On land we are destroying a tropical forest the size of Austria every year, and more than a hundred species of wild plants and animals are lost forever each day. When the General Assembly of the United Nations established UNEP it charged us with reporting on the changing state of the world's environment, tracking the underlying causes of change, and working with governments to develop responses to those changes. Every year since 1974, UNEP has produced a State of the Environment report, focusing on one or more emerging environmental issues and always stressing the human factor -the impact of environmental quality on people and society. Three times since its inception (1982, 198 7 and 1992) UNEP has undertaken a more wide-ranging study. The results of the present study are the most disturbing of the three. However, not all the signs are negative. Throughout the 19 70s and into the 1980s, UNEP was able to report progress in some important areas. Environmental monitoring capacity was being rapidly improved in many parts of the world, and Ministries of the Environment were being set up in an attempt to deal with environmental threats in a more coherent way.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401126601
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 180 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 221
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Education Philosophy ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Anthropology ; Science—Philosophy. ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Education—Philosophy.
    Abstract: A volume of essays on the themes of tradition, oral communication versus literal communication, Wittgenstein, and computers. The later Wittgenstein is shown to be on the one hand a traditionalist, and on the other hand, along with Heidegger, a philosopher of postmodern -- secondary -- orality, yearning for bygone, premodern times -- the times of primary orality. Under conditions of primary orality traditions fulfilled the specific cognitive role of conserving information -- a role subsequently taken over by writing, and today by electronic data processing. The message of the volume is that the Western values of individuality and critical thinking are intimately bound up with the technology of writing. It offers arguments in favour of the standards and techniques of classical education even under conditions of, indeed as a foundation for, the emerging computer culture
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401734257
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 256 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Contributions to Phenomenology, In Cooperation with the Center for Advanced Research in Phenomenology 10
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Phenomenology ; Knowledge, Theory of. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Philosophers contributing new ideas are commonly caught within a received philosophical vocabulary and will often coin new, technical terms. Husserl understood himself as advancing a new theory of intentionality, and he fashioned the new vocabulary of `noesis' and `noema'. But Husserl's own statements regarding the noema are ambiguous. Hence, it is no surprise that controversy has ensued. The articles in this book elucidate and clarify the notion of the noema; the book includes articles which phenomenologically describe and analyze the noemata of various experiences as well as articles which undertake the `metaphenomenological' explication of the doctrine of the noema. These two enterprises cannot be isolated from one another. Any analysis of the noema of a particular type of experience will necessarily illustrate, at least by instantiating the general notion of noema. And any metaphenomenological account of the noema itself will guide particular researches into the noemata of particular experiences
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401123167
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xix, 460 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 The Wiggler Field and Electron Dynamics -- 3 Incoherent Undulator Radiation -- 4 Coherent Emission: Linear Theory -- 5 Coherent Emission: Nonlinear Theory -- 6 Sideband Instabilities -- 7 Coherent harmonic Radiation -- 8 Optical Guiding -- 9 OScillator Configurations -- 10 Electromagnetic-wave Wigglers -- 11 Chaos in Free-electron Lasers -- Author Index.
    Abstract: At the time that we decided to begin work on this book, several other volumes on the free-electron laser had either been published or were in press. The earliest work of which we were aware was published in 1985 by Dr T. C. Marshall of Columbia University [1]. This book dealt with the full range of research on free-electron lasers, including an overview of the extant experiments. However, the field has matured a great deal since that time and, in our judgement, the time was ripe for a more extensive work which includes the most recent advances in the field. The fundamental work in this field has largely been approached from two distinct and, unfortunately, separate viewpoints. On the one hand, free-electron lasers at sub-millimetre and longer wavelengths driven by low-energy and high-current electron beams have been pursued by the plasma physics and microwave tube communities. This work has confined itself largely to the high-gain regimes in which collective effects may play an important role. On the other hand, short-wavelength free-electron lasers in the infrared and optical regimes have been pursued by the accelerator and laser physics community. Due to the high-energy and low-current electron beams appropriate to this spectral range, these experiments have operated largely in the low-gain single-particle regimes. The most recent books published on the free-electron laser by Dr C. A.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 The Wiggler Field and Electron Dynamics -- 3 Incoherent Undulator Radiation -- 4 Coherent Emission: Linear Theory -- 5 Coherent Emission: Nonlinear Theory -- 6 Sideband Instabilities -- 7 Coherent harmonic Radiation -- 8 Optical Guiding -- 9 OScillator Configurations -- 10 Electromagnetic-wave Wigglers -- 11 Chaos in Free-electron Lasers -- Author Index.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401128582
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to Reliability and Risk Analysis -- 1.1 Historical perspective -- 1.2 Objectives of reliability and risk analyses -- 1.3 Subject areas. Modelling -- 1.4 Basic concepts -- 1.5 Planning, execution and use of reliability analysis -- 1.6 Planning, execution and use of risk analysis -- 1.7 Discussion -- 1.8 Problems -- 2 Basic Reliability and Risk Analysis Methods -- 2.1 Use of statistics -- 2.2 Failure mode and effect analysis -- 2.3 Fault tree analysis -- 2.4 Cause consequence analysis/Event tree analysis -- 2.5 Other reliability and risk analysis methods -- 2.6 Problems -- 3 Binary Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 3.1 Structural properties -- 3.2 Computing system reliability -- 3.3 Non-repairable systems -- 3.4 Repairable systems -- 3.5 Reliability importance measures -- 3.6 Dependent components -- 3.7 Problems -- 4 Multistate Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 4.1 Multistate monotone systems -- 4.2 Computing system reliability -- 4.3 A time dependent model -- 4.4 Discussion -- 4.5 Problems -- 5 Optimal Replacement Policies -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General minimal repair, age replacement model -- 5.3 Block replacement model -- 5.4 On-condition replacement models -- 5.5 Problems -- 6 Safety Management -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Safety management in a company -- 6.3 Reliability management of a product -- 6.4 Problems -- 7 Some Applications -- 7.1 Risk analysis of an offshore oil and gas producing platform -- 7.2 Availability and life cycle costing in a gas project -- 7.3 Availability and life cycle costing related to a process instrumentation system -- 7.4 Discussion -- 7.5 Problems -- Appendicies -- A Probability Theory -- A.l Probabilities -- A.1.1 Probability concepts -- A.1.2 Rules for combining probabilities -- A.1.3 Conditional probabilities -- A.1.4 Independence -- A.2 Stochastic variables -- A.3 Some proofs -- A.3.1 Proof of formula (A.4) -- A.3.2 Probability calculations in event trees -- A.3.3 Proof of an error bound for the approximations (4.2) and (4.3). -- A.4 Problems -- B Stochastic Failure Models -- B.1 Non-repairable units -- B.1.1 Basic concepts -- B.1.2 Some common lifetime distributions -- B.2 Repairable units -- B.3 Binomial distribution -- B.4 Gamma function -- B.5 Problems -- C Statistical Analysis of Reliability Data -- C.1 Identification of lifetime distribution, Hazard plotting -- C.2 Estimation of parameters in lifetime distributions -- C.3 Statistical analysis of non-homogeneous Poisson processes -- C.4 Data sources -- C.5 Problems -- D Markov Models -- D.1 Introduction -- D.2 One component. No repair -- D.3 One repairable component -- D.4 Two repairable components -- D.5 Birth and death processes -- D.6 General formulation of a Markov process -- D.7 Problems -- E More on Stochastic Processes -- E.1 Renewal processes -- E.2 Renewal reward processes -- E.3 Regenerative processes -- E.4 Counting processes -- E.5 Proofs of some results in Chapters 3 and 5 -- E.5.1 Section 3.4.1 -- E.5.2 Section 3.4.2 -- E.5.3 Section 5.4 -- F An Algorithm for Calculating System Reliability -- G A Minimization Technique.
    Abstract: Analysis of reliability and risk is an important and integral part of planning, construction and operation of all technical systems. To be able to perform such analyses systematically and scientifically, there is usually a need for special methods and models. This book presents the most important of these. Particular emphasis has been placed on the ideas and the motivation for the use of the various methods and models. It has been an objective to compile a book which provides practising engineers and engineering graduates with the concepts and basic techniques for evaluating reliability and risk. It is hoped that the material presented will make them so familiar with the subject that they can carry out various types of analyses themselves and understand and make use of the more detailed applications and additional material which is available in the journals and publications associated with their own discipline. It has also been an objective to put reliability and risk analyses in context - how such analyses should be used in design and operation of components and systems. The material presented is modern and a large part of the book is at research level. The book focuses on analysis of repairable systems, not only non-repairable systems which have traditionally been given most attention in textbooks on reliability theory. Since most real-life systems are repairable, methods for analysing repairable systems are an important area of research. The book presents general methods, with most applications taken from offshore petro­ leum activities.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to Reliability and Risk Analysis1.1 Historical perspective -- 1.2 Objectives of reliability and risk analyses -- 1.3 Subject areas. Modelling -- 1.4 Basic concepts -- 1.5 Planning, execution and use of reliability analysis -- 1.6 Planning, execution and use of risk analysis -- 1.7 Discussion -- 1.8 Problems -- 2 Basic Reliability and Risk Analysis Methods -- 2.1 Use of statistics -- 2.2 Failure mode and effect analysis -- 2.3 Fault tree analysis -- 2.4 Cause consequence analysis/Event tree analysis -- 2.5 Other reliability and risk analysis methods -- 2.6 Problems -- 3 Binary Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 3.1 Structural properties -- 3.2 Computing system reliability -- 3.3 Non-repairable systems -- 3.4 Repairable systems -- 3.5 Reliability importance measures -- 3.6 Dependent components -- 3.7 Problems -- 4 Multistate Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 4.1 Multistate monotone systems -- 4.2 Computing system reliability -- 4.3 A time dependent model -- 4.4 Discussion -- 4.5 Problems -- 5 Optimal Replacement Policies -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General minimal repair, age replacement model -- 5.3 Block replacement model -- 5.4 On-condition replacement models -- 5.5 Problems -- 6 Safety Management -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Safety management in a company -- 6.3 Reliability management of a product -- 6.4 Problems -- 7 Some Applications -- 7.1 Risk analysis of an offshore oil and gas producing platform -- 7.2 Availability and life cycle costing in a gas project -- 7.3 Availability and life cycle costing related to a process instrumentation system -- 7.4 Discussion -- 7.5 Problems -- Appendicies -- A Probability Theory -- A.l Probabilities -- A.1.1 Probability concepts -- A.1.2 Rules for combining probabilities -- A.1.3 Conditional probabilities -- A.1.4 Independence -- A.2 Stochastic variables -- A.3 Some proofs -- A.3.1 Proof of formula (A.4) -- A.3.2 Probability calculations in event trees -- A.3.3 Proof of an error bound for the approximations (4.2) and (4.3). -- A.4 Problems -- B Stochastic Failure Models -- B.1 Non-repairable units -- B.1.1 Basic concepts -- B.1.2 Some common lifetime distributions -- B.2 Repairable units -- B.3 Binomial distribution -- B.4 Gamma function -- B.5 Problems -- C Statistical Analysis of Reliability Data -- C.1 Identification of lifetime distribution, Hazard plotting -- C.2 Estimation of parameters in lifetime distributions -- C.3 Statistical analysis of non-homogeneous Poisson processes -- C.4 Data sources -- C.5 Problems -- D Markov Models -- D.1 Introduction -- D.2 One component. No repair -- D.3 One repairable component -- D.4 Two repairable components -- D.5 Birth and death processes -- D.6 General formulation of a Markov process -- D.7 Problems -- E More on Stochastic Processes -- E.1 Renewal processes -- E.2 Renewal reward processes -- E.3 Regenerative processes -- E.4 Counting processes -- E.5 Proofs of some results in Chapters 3 and 5 -- E.5.1 Section 3.4.1 -- E.5.2 Section 3.4.2 -- E.5.3 Section 5.4 -- F An Algorithm for Calculating System Reliability -- G A Minimization Technique.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401123105
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: AGID Report Series, The Geosciences in International Development
    Series Statement: AGID Report Series, The Geosience in International Development
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Natural and man-made hazards: their increasing importance in the end-20th century world -- One Volcanic Hazards -- 2. Volcano risk mitigation through training -- 3. Volunteer Observers Program: a tool for monitoring volcanic and seismic events in the Philippines -- 4. Monitoring and warning of volcanic eruptions by remote sensing -- 5. Volcanic hazards in Colombia and Indonesia: lahars and related phenomena -- 6. The 1985 Nevado del Ruiz eruption: scientific, social and governmental response and interaction before the event -- 7. Lahars of Cotopaxi Volcano, Ecuador: hazard and risk evaluation -- 8. Seismic monitoring of Lake Nyos, Cameroon, following the gas release disaster of August, 1986 -- Two Earthquake Hazards -- 9. Long-term seismic hazard in the Eastern Mediterranean region -- 10. The ROA Earthquake Hazard Atlas project: recent work from the Middle East -- 11. Some implications of the 1985 Mexican earthquake for hazard assessment -- Three Landslide Hazards -- 12. Lanslide hazard assessment in the context of development -- 13. The identification and mitigation of glacier-related hazards: examples from the Cordillera Blanca, Peru -- Four The ‘Quiet’ Hazards -- 14. Sea-level changes in China — past and future: their impact and countermeasures -- 15. Rising groundwater: a problem of development in some urban areas of the Middle East -- 16. Factors affecting losses of soil and agricultural land in tropical countries -- 17. Reduction of biodiversity — the ultimate disaster? -- Five What Can Be Done? -- 18. Policy in response to geohazards: lessons from the developed world? -- 19. Some perspectives on geological hazards -- 20. The International Decade for Natural Disaster Reduction and the Geohazards Unit at Polytechnic South West, Plymouth, UK -- Place name index.
    Abstract: Dorrik A. V. Stow Editor in Chief, Association of Geoscientists for International Development ( AGID) AGIO is particularly pleased to see published this latest hurricanes, floods-that are wreaking havoc, destroying report in its Geosciences in International Development livelihood and lives in some corner of the globe. Series, as a significant contribution to the onset of the UN As geoscientists there are perhaps three concerns that Decade of National Disaster Reduction, and as a mark of should be uppermost in our minds as we join an inter­ AGIO's growing concern over the potential and actual national effort to combat the adverse effects of natural effects of geohazards throughout the developing world. hazards. The first must be to improve our scientific The problem of geohazards is increasing, not because understanding of the nature and causes of such hazards and to work towards more reliable prediction of their the rate of earth processes is accelerating, nor because the voice of the media appears to be paying more and more occurrence and magnitude.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401127516
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 297 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Studies of Classical India 13
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Semantics ; Philosophy, modern ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Semiotics. ; Knowledge, Theory of.
    Abstract: Kaun&ddotu;abhatta's Vaiyakarana-bhusana is a massive work on semantic theory written in India in the 17th century. Kaun&ddotu;abhatta belonged to the tradition of Sanskrit grammar and in this work he consolidated the philosophy of language developed in the Paninian tradition of Sanskrit grammar. Kaun&ddotu;abhatta's work takes account of the philosophical debate which occurred in classical and medieval India among the philosophers and grammarians from about 500 B.C. to the 17th century A.D. Kaun&ddotu;abhatta's work primarily represents this debate between the traditions of Sanskrit grammar, Mi&mdotu;amsa, and Nyaya-Vaisesika. It discusses ontological, epistemological, and exegetical issues concerning the notion of meaning as it relates to the various components of language. The present book is a heavily annotated translation of the Namartha-nirnaya section of Kaun&ddotu;abhatta's Vaiyakarana-bhusana, with an extensive introduction. While there are several books that discuss Indian semantic theories in general terms, this book belongs to a small class of intensive, focused studies of densely written philosophical texts which examines each argument in its historical and philosophical context. It is of interest to all students of philosophy of language in general, and to students of Indian philosophy in particular
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401122863
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Índice -- Parte I: El Estado de Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 1: Contaminación atmosférica -- Capítulo 2: Agotamiento del ozono -- Capítulo 3: Cambios climáticos -- Capítulo 4: Contaminación marina -- Capítulo 5: Recursos de agua dulce y calidad del agua -- Capítulo 6: Degradación de la tierra y desertificación -- Capítulo 7: Deforestación y degradación de los bosques -- Capítulo 8: Pérdida de diversidad biológica -- Capítulo 9: Peligros ambientales -- Capítulo 10: Productos químicos tóxicos y desechos peligrosos -- Parte II: Actividades de Desarrollo y Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 11: Agricultura y producción alimentaria -- Capítulo 12: Industria -- Capítulo 13: Producción y uso de energia -- Capítulo 14: Transporte -- Capítulo 15: Turismo -- Parte III: Condiciones de Vida y Bienestar Humano -- Capítulo 16: Crecimiento demográfico y desarrollo humano -- Capítulo 17: Asentamientos humanos -- Capítulo 18: Salud humana -- Capítulo 19: Paz, seguridad y medio ambiente -- Parte IV: Percepciones, Actitudes y Medidas Adoptadas -- Capítulo 20: Percepciones y actitudes -- Capítulo 21: Medidas adoptadas -- Parte V: Problemas Planteados y Medidas Prioritarias -- Capítulo 22: Problemas planteados y medidas prioritarias -- Referencias.
    Description / Table of Contents: ÍndiceParte I: El Estado de Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 1: Contaminación atmosférica -- Capítulo 2: Agotamiento del ozono -- Capítulo 3: Cambios climáticos -- Capítulo 4: Contaminación marina -- Capítulo 5: Recursos de agua dulce y calidad del agua -- Capítulo 6: Degradación de la tierra y desertificación -- Capítulo 7: Deforestación y degradación de los bosques -- Capítulo 8: Pérdida de diversidad biológica -- Capítulo 9: Peligros ambientales -- Capítulo 10: Productos químicos tóxicos y desechos peligrosos -- Parte II: Actividades de Desarrollo y Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 11: Agricultura y producción alimentaria -- Capítulo 12: Industria -- Capítulo 13: Producción y uso de energia -- Capítulo 14: Transporte -- Capítulo 15: Turismo -- Parte III: Condiciones de Vida y Bienestar Humano -- Capítulo 16: Crecimiento demográfico y desarrollo humano -- Capítulo 17: Asentamientos humanos -- Capítulo 18: Salud humana -- Capítulo 19: Paz, seguridad y medio ambiente -- Parte IV: Percepciones, Actitudes y Medidas Adoptadas -- Capítulo 20: Percepciones y actitudes -- Capítulo 21: Medidas adoptadas -- Parte V: Problemas Planteados y Medidas Prioritarias -- Capítulo 22: Problemas planteados y medidas prioritarias -- Referencias.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401123068
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 224 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Mars in the Solar System -- 1.1 The orbit and movements of Mars -- 1.2 Dimensions and mass -- 1.3 The Martian seasons -- 1.4 The pattern of discovery -- 1.5 Albedo markings -- 2 Spacecraft Exploration Of The Red Planet -- 2.1 Early Mars missions -- 2.2 Mariner 9 -- 2.3 Soviet Mars exploration -- 2.4 The Viking missions -- 2.5 The Soviet Phobos mission -- 3 The Present Face of Mars -- 3.1 The topography of Mars -- 3.2 Physiographic provinces -- 3.3 Thermal inertia mapping -- 3.4 The stratigraphy of Mars -- 3.5 Summary -- 4 The Atmosphere and Weather -- 4.1 The composition of the atmosphere -- 4.2 Atmospheric pressure variations -- 4.3 Isotopic abundances in the atmosphere -- 4.4 Atmospheric circulation pattern -- 4.5 Clouds -- 5 The Interior of Mars -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The figure and gravity of Mars -- 5.3 Internal density profile -- 5.4 Composition of the interior -- 5.5 Differentiation of the Martian crust -- 6 The Ancient Cratered Terrain -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Martian cratering record -- 6.3 Martian impact basins -- 6.4 Morphology of impact craters -- 6.5 Crater ejecta morphology -- 6.6 Channelling on the cratered plateau -- 6.7 Intercrater plains -- 6.8 Volcanoes of the cratered plateau -- 6.9 The geological story as revealed by the upland rocks -- 7 The Central Volcanoes of Mars -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Volcano distribution -- 7.3 Classification of volcano types -- 7.4 Volcano ages -- 7.5 Highland paterae -- 7.6 Shield volcanoes and paterae -- 7.7 Martian shields -- 7.8 Older Tharsis volcanoes -- 7.9 Alba Patera -- 7.10 The shield volcanoes of Elysium -- 7.11 Apollinaris Patera -- 7.12 Central volcanism on Mars -- 8 The Plains of Mars -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Noachian and Early Hesperian plains -- 8.3 Hesperian-age flow plains -- 8.4 The Medusae Fossae plains -- 8.5 Tempe Terra plains province -- 8.6 Volcanic plains of Amazonian age -- 8.7 Plains deposits of Hellas -- 8.8 The northern plains -- 8.9 Plains and major resurfacing events in Martian history -- 9 The Equatorial Canyons -- 9.1 General features of Valles Marineris -- 9.2 Details of canyon physiography -- 9.3 General form of canyon walls -- 9.4 Wall retreat and landslide deposits -- 9.5 Wall retreat - tributary canyon development -- 9.6 Interior deposits -- 9.7 Formation of the canyon system -- 10 Martian Channels and Chaotic Terrain -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Valley networks in the ancient cratered terrain -- 10.3 Outflow channels -- 10.4 Fretted channels -- 10.5 Chaotic terrain -- 11 The Polar Regions, Wind And Volatile Activity -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Nature of the polar caps -- 11.3 Laminated polar deposits -- 11.4 High-latitude plains and dune fields -- 11.5 Wind activity on Mars -- 12 The Geological History of Mars -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The tectonic history of Mars -- 12.3 The evolution of Tharsis -- 12.4 Some final thoughts concerning Tharsis -- 12.5 The crustal dichotomy -- 12.6 The geological development of Mars -- 12.7 Climatic and volatile history -- 13 The Next Steps -- 13.1 Future Mars missions -- 13.2 Climate and the search for life -- 13.3 Epilogue -- Appendices -- A Astronomical Data -- B Phobos and Deimos -- C Model Chronologies for Mars -- D Stratigraphy of Martian Geological Features and Units.
    Abstract: As I write this short preface, the red orb of Mars is high in the eastern sky, and is brighter than it has been for many years. Last night my telescope again revealed the strange polar hood which is a feature of the planet at this time in its cycle. Because of its current prominence in the night sky, it is a very appropriate time to bring together and reappraise what we know of Mars and look forward to the next wave of planetary exploration. The initial notion of writing a book about Mars is an exciting one; the practicalities involved in working through and completing the project are, however, more than a trifle exacting. The first problem I encountered was the sheer vastness of the library of information about Mars which now exists. The second was the natural extension of the first, that is, how best to analyse it and reach widely acceptable interpretations. I have tried to write the story of Mars in a logical and unbiased way, however, we all have our individual prejudices, and I would be less than truthful if I did not admit to personal bias here and there. With this in mind, I apologise to any authors who may feel either misinterpreted or less than adequately acknowledged. The project is now completed and has been superbly prepared by Chapman & Hall.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Mars in the Solar System1.1 The orbit and movements of Mars -- 1.2 Dimensions and mass -- 1.3 The Martian seasons -- 1.4 The pattern of discovery -- 1.5 Albedo markings -- 2 Spacecraft Exploration Of The Red Planet -- 2.1 Early Mars missions -- 2.2 Mariner 9 -- 2.3 Soviet Mars exploration -- 2.4 The Viking missions -- 2.5 The Soviet Phobos mission -- 3 The Present Face of Mars -- 3.1 The topography of Mars -- 3.2 Physiographic provinces -- 3.3 Thermal inertia mapping -- 3.4 The stratigraphy of Mars -- 3.5 Summary -- 4 The Atmosphere and Weather -- 4.1 The composition of the atmosphere -- 4.2 Atmospheric pressure variations -- 4.3 Isotopic abundances in the atmosphere -- 4.4 Atmospheric circulation pattern -- 4.5 Clouds -- 5 The Interior of Mars -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The figure and gravity of Mars -- 5.3 Internal density profile -- 5.4 Composition of the interior -- 5.5 Differentiation of the Martian crust -- 6 The Ancient Cratered Terrain -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Martian cratering record -- 6.3 Martian impact basins -- 6.4 Morphology of impact craters -- 6.5 Crater ejecta morphology -- 6.6 Channelling on the cratered plateau -- 6.7 Intercrater plains -- 6.8 Volcanoes of the cratered plateau -- 6.9 The geological story as revealed by the upland rocks -- 7 The Central Volcanoes of Mars -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Volcano distribution -- 7.3 Classification of volcano types -- 7.4 Volcano ages -- 7.5 Highland paterae -- 7.6 Shield volcanoes and paterae -- 7.7 Martian shields -- 7.8 Older Tharsis volcanoes -- 7.9 Alba Patera -- 7.10 The shield volcanoes of Elysium -- 7.11 Apollinaris Patera -- 7.12 Central volcanism on Mars -- 8 The Plains of Mars -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Noachian and Early Hesperian plains -- 8.3 Hesperian-age flow plains -- 8.4 The Medusae Fossae plains -- 8.5 Tempe Terra plains province -- 8.6 Volcanic plains of Amazonian age -- 8.7 Plains deposits of Hellas -- 8.8 The northern plains -- 8.9 Plains and major resurfacing events in Martian history -- 9 The Equatorial Canyons -- 9.1 General features of Valles Marineris -- 9.2 Details of canyon physiography -- 9.3 General form of canyon walls -- 9.4 Wall retreat and landslide deposits -- 9.5 Wall retreat - tributary canyon development -- 9.6 Interior deposits -- 9.7 Formation of the canyon system -- 10 Martian Channels and Chaotic Terrain -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Valley networks in the ancient cratered terrain -- 10.3 Outflow channels -- 10.4 Fretted channels -- 10.5 Chaotic terrain -- 11 The Polar Regions, Wind And Volatile Activity -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Nature of the polar caps -- 11.3 Laminated polar deposits -- 11.4 High-latitude plains and dune fields -- 11.5 Wind activity on Mars -- 12 The Geological History of Mars -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The tectonic history of Mars -- 12.3 The evolution of Tharsis -- 12.4 Some final thoughts concerning Tharsis -- 12.5 The crustal dichotomy -- 12.6 The geological development of Mars -- 12.7 Climatic and volatile history -- 13 The Next Steps -- 13.1 Future Mars missions -- 13.2 Climate and the search for life -- 13.3 Epilogue -- Appendices -- A Astronomical Data -- B Phobos and Deimos -- C Model Chronologies for Mars -- D Stratigraphy of Martian Geological Features and Units.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401130820
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 327 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. What is eutrophication? -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Definition and origin of the term eutrophication -- 1.3 Links between eutrophication, biological changes and productivity in lakes -- 1.4 Eutrophication as a natural part of lake succession -- 1.5 Extent of artificial eutrophication -- 1.6 Eutrophication in rivers, estuaries and coastal waters -- 1.7 Measurement of eutrophication -- 2. The nutrients causing eutrophication, and their sources -- 2.1 The requirements of living cells for survival and growth -- 2.2 The important limiting nutrients -- 2.3 The supply of nitrogen and phosphorus to lakes -- 2.4 Relative importance of diffuse and point sources in catchments -- 2.5 Global aspects of nutrient runoff -- 2.6 Methods for estimating the magnitude of nutrient losses from catchments -- 3. The biochemical manifestations of eutrophication -- 3.1 The components of nutrient cycles in aquatic systems -- 3.2 The ultimate sinks of inflowing nitrogen and phosphorus -- 3.3 Changes in the cycles which occur as a consequence of enhanced nutrient inputs -- 3.4 The importance of the littoral zone in nutrient cycles -- 3.5 Seasonal patterns of nitrogen and phosphorus cycles in lakes -- 3.6 Important features of nutrient transformations in rivers and estuaries -- 4. The biological effects of eutrophication -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Production and species changes of algae and rnacrophytes -- 4.3 Effects of eutrophication upon rnacrophytes and attached algae -- 4.4 Production and species changes in zooplankton -- 4.5 Production and species changes of zoobenthos -- 4.6 Effects of eutrophication on fish and other vertebrates -- 4.7 Aquatic food-web considerations -- 4.8 Wider implications for wildlife and conservation -- 5. The engineering, economic and social effects of eutrophication -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Water supply -- 5.3 Fisheries management -- 5.4 Land drainage and weed control in rivers -- 5.5 Wildlife conservation -- 5.6 Public health hazards and nuisances -- 5.7 Other recreational aspects -- 6. Prediction and modelling of the causes and effects of eutrophication -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Experimental approaches to measures of eutrophication effects -- 6.3 The application of models in eutrophication assessment and prediction -- 6.4 Caution in the use of regression equations -- 6.5 Lake classification based on correlations and large data sets -- 6.6 Other lake classification indices -- 6.7 Dynamic models of lake ecosystems -- 6.8 Prediction without models -- 7. The reduction of causes and the management of effects of eutrophication -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Reduction of nutrient inputs to lakes -- 7.3 Evaluation of nutrient control measures -- 7.4 Control of nutrient concentrations within lakes -- 7.5 Management of lakes without nutrient reduction -- 8. A case study in restoration: shallow eutrophic lakes in the Norfolk Broads -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Historical perspective -- 8.3 Eutrophication of the Broads -- 8.4 Mechanisms of change -- 8.5 Effects of change -- 8.6 Restoration of Broadland -- 8.7 Lake sediment as a source of phosphorus -- 8.8 Changes in the storage of phosphorus in lake sediment following phosphorus control -- 8.9 Biological response to reduced nutrient loading -- 8.10 Nutrient reduction by isolation -- 8.11 Sediment removal and lake isolation -- 8.12 Biomanipulation as a restoration technique -- 8.13 The restoration of Broadland in the context of two stable communities -- References.
    Abstract: Eutrophication is a problem which became widely recognised by the scientific community in the 1940s and 1950s. It raised public concern, resulting in increased research effort and expenditure on management techniques through the 1960s and 1970s, recognised as a distinct problem of water pollution, though linked with the more gross effects of organic pollution. In the 1980s it became less fashionable - replaced in the public's eye and the politician's purse by newer problems such as acid rain. It remains however, one of the biggest and most widespread problems of fresh waters, particularly of lakes and an increasing problem for estuaries and coastal waters. It is one with which almost all water scientists and engineers in urbanised areas of the world have to cope. Technical methods for the reversal of eutrophication, such as nutrient removal, have been developed and applied successfully in some instances. They are not widespread however, and where they are feasible, they are often expensive and may be politically difficult to implement. In the last decade, attention has focussed upon less expensive lake manipula­ tion techniques, such as destratification and biomanipulation, which aim to minimise rather than elimininate the detrimental effects of eutrophication. These are becoming more widely applied. Prediction of the potential problems in lakes and catchments which have not yet suffered the full effects of eutrophication is now accurate enough to be of direct benefit to river basin management.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. What is eutrophication?1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Definition and origin of the term eutrophication -- 1.3 Links between eutrophication, biological changes and productivity in lakes -- 1.4 Eutrophication as a natural part of lake succession -- 1.5 Extent of artificial eutrophication -- 1.6 Eutrophication in rivers, estuaries and coastal waters -- 1.7 Measurement of eutrophication -- 2. The nutrients causing eutrophication, and their sources -- 2.1 The requirements of living cells for survival and growth -- 2.2 The important limiting nutrients -- 2.3 The supply of nitrogen and phosphorus to lakes -- 2.4 Relative importance of diffuse and point sources in catchments -- 2.5 Global aspects of nutrient runoff -- 2.6 Methods for estimating the magnitude of nutrient losses from catchments -- 3. The biochemical manifestations of eutrophication -- 3.1 The components of nutrient cycles in aquatic systems -- 3.2 The ultimate sinks of inflowing nitrogen and phosphorus -- 3.3 Changes in the cycles which occur as a consequence of enhanced nutrient inputs -- 3.4 The importance of the littoral zone in nutrient cycles -- 3.5 Seasonal patterns of nitrogen and phosphorus cycles in lakes -- 3.6 Important features of nutrient transformations in rivers and estuaries -- 4. The biological effects of eutrophication -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Production and species changes of algae and rnacrophytes -- 4.3 Effects of eutrophication upon rnacrophytes and attached algae -- 4.4 Production and species changes in zooplankton -- 4.5 Production and species changes of zoobenthos -- 4.6 Effects of eutrophication on fish and other vertebrates -- 4.7 Aquatic food-web considerations -- 4.8 Wider implications for wildlife and conservation -- 5. The engineering, economic and social effects of eutrophication -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Water supply -- 5.3 Fisheries management -- 5.4 Land drainage and weed control in rivers -- 5.5 Wildlife conservation -- 5.6 Public health hazards and nuisances -- 5.7 Other recreational aspects -- 6. Prediction and modelling of the causes and effects of eutrophication -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Experimental approaches to measures of eutrophication effects -- 6.3 The application of models in eutrophication assessment and prediction -- 6.4 Caution in the use of regression equations -- 6.5 Lake classification based on correlations and large data sets -- 6.6 Other lake classification indices -- 6.7 Dynamic models of lake ecosystems -- 6.8 Prediction without models -- 7. The reduction of causes and the management of effects of eutrophication -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Reduction of nutrient inputs to lakes -- 7.3 Evaluation of nutrient control measures -- 7.4 Control of nutrient concentrations within lakes -- 7.5 Management of lakes without nutrient reduction -- 8. A case study in restoration: shallow eutrophic lakes in the Norfolk Broads -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Historical perspective -- 8.3 Eutrophication of the Broads -- 8.4 Mechanisms of change -- 8.5 Effects of change -- 8.6 Restoration of Broadland -- 8.7 Lake sediment as a source of phosphorus -- 8.8 Changes in the storage of phosphorus in lake sediment following phosphorus control -- 8.9 Biological response to reduced nutrient loading -- 8.10 Nutrient reduction by isolation -- 8.11 Sediment removal and lake isolation -- 8.12 Biomanipulation as a restoration technique -- 8.13 The restoration of Broadland in the context of two stable communities -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401722520
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 457 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Studies in Cognitive Systems 13
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Humanities ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Semantics ; Philosophy of mind ; Semiotics. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Many metaphors go beyond pionting to the existing similarities between two objects -- they create the similarities. Such metaphors, which have been relegated to the back seat in most of the cognitive science research, are the focus of attention in this study, which addresses the creation of similarity within an elaborately laid out interactive framework of cognition. Starting from the constructivist views of Nelson Goodman and Jean Piaget, this framework resolves an apparent paradox in interactionism: how can reality not have a mind-independent ontology and structure, but still manage to constrain the possible worlds a cognitive agent can create in it? A comprehensive theory of metaphor is proposed in this framework that explains how metaphors can create similarities, and why such metaphors are an invaluable asset to cognition. The framework is then applied to related issues of analogical reasoning, induction, and computational modeling of creative metaphors
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    ISBN: 9789401579599
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 337 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy 48
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Linguistics Philosophy ; Humanities ; Linguistics ; Psycholinguistics ; Semiotics. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: The grammatical phenomenon of control subsumes a variety of cases where an understood argument of a complement or adjunct clause is related to an explicit element occurring elsewhere in the sentence. The control phenomenon, though familiar from many languages, and widely discussed, has remained a persistent and controversial topic in grammatical analysis. This volume presents nine new, theoretical studies of control. The authors explore the subject matter across a range of languages and constructions, in several different frameworks, and from a variety of perspectives including syntax, semantics, psycholinguistics and historical linguistics. The articles in this collection offer a stimulating introduction to the spectrum of issues in control theory and their bearing on theoretical linguistics today. The contributors include: Steven Franks, Kenneth Hale, James Higginbotham, Norbert Hornstein, James Huang, Pauline Jacobson, Brian Joseph, Howard Lasnik, Kenneth Wexler, and Edwin Williams
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401131209
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xii, 240 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 A simple factorial grazing experiment measured on 27 occasions -- 3 A 3 × 3 factorial with quantitative levels -- 4 Definable within-individual comparisons -- 5 Covariance -- 6 Pre-treatment observations in the design of experiments -- 7 Weighted regression, goodness-of-fit and related topics -- 8 Environmental variables -- 9 Correlation between series of random variables -- 10 Response (reaction) times -- Bibliographical note.
    Abstract: There are many excellent books on general statistical methods in agricul­ tural and biological research. These books cover a broad range of methods without going into detail on specialized topics. A number of topics including regression analysis, design of experiments, biological assay and categorical analysis have received in-depth treatment in specialized texts. Little appears in standard textbooks on experiments in which observations form sequences. The live weights of animals during a long-term experiment provide a familiar example of data forming a sequence, but many others occur: for example, moisture content of segments of soil cores, successive counts of insects in an orchard and hormone levels in blood over a period. Correla­ tions are likely to be found among the observations in all these examples. The book by Goldstein (1979) provided the first systematic coverage of the principles involved in longitudinal studies, but is mainly concerned with observational studies on humans. The main aims of this book are to provide research workers with methods of analysing data from comparative experiments with sequential obser­ vations and to demonstrate special features of the design of such experi­ ments. These aims are achieved by working through sets of data.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 A simple factorial grazing experiment measured on 27 occasions -- 3 A 3 × 3 factorial with quantitative levels -- 4 Definable within-individual comparisons -- 5 Covariance -- 6 Pre-treatment observations in the design of experiments -- 7 Weighted regression, goodness-of-fit and related topics -- 8 Environmental variables -- 9 Correlation between series of random variables -- 10 Response (reaction) times -- Bibliographical note.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401123747
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 229 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The baculoviruses -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Isolation and host range -- 1.3 Structure and classification -- 1.4 Baculovirus replication in vivo -- 1.5 Baculovirus replication in vitro -- 1.6 Genetic engineering of baculovirus insecticides -- 2 The development of baculovirus expression vectors -- 2.1 Introduction and historical perspective -- 2.2 The merits of the baculovirus expression system -- 2.3 General principles for inserting foreign genes into the baculovirus genome -- 2.4 Baculovirus transfer vectors -- 2.5 Selection of recombinant viruses -- 3 Processing of foreign proteins synthesized using baculovirus vectors in insect cells -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Glycosylation -- 3.3 Phosphorylation, acylation and amidation -- 3.4 Proteolytic processing -- 3.5 Cellular targeting and secretion -- 3.6 Tertiary and quaternary structure formation -- 3.7 Expression of viral genes -- 3.8 Expression of bacterial and fungal genes -- 3.9 Post-transcriptional processing -- 4 Construction of transfer vectors containing the foreign gene -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Isolation of foreign gene coding sequences -- 4.3 Modifying the ends of DNA molecules -- 4.4 Preparation of the transfer vector -- 4.5 DNA ligations -- 4.6 Transformation of bacteria -- 4.7 Screening for recombinant baculovirus transfer vectors -- 4.8 Analysis of recombinant transfer vectors -- 4.9 Isolation of highly purified plasmid DNA (maxi-preps) -- 5 Insect cell culture media and maintenance of insect cell lines -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Cell lines -- 5.3 Culture media -- 5.4 Preparation of culture media -- 5.5 Glassware and disposable plasticware -- 5.6 Insect cell culture -- 5.7 A guide to Sf cell seeding densities for experimental work -- 5.8 Freezing, storage and recovery of insect cells in liquid nitrogen -- 5.9 A guide to adapting cells to serum-free media -- 6 Propagation, titration and purification of AcMNPV in cell culture -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Infection of cells with virus for experimental work -- 6.3 Titration of virus by plaque-assay -- 6.4 Plaque-picking and plaque-purification -- 6.5 Amplification of virus stocks -- 6.6 Large-scale production of virus for the purification of virus particles -- 6.7 Purification of infectious virus DNA -- 6.8 Titration of virus by TCID50 -- 7 Production and selection of recombinant virus -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Preparation of linear AcMNPV.lacZ (or AcMNPV.SC) DNA -- 7.3 Co-transfection of insect cells -- 7.4 Separation of parental and recombinant viruses by plaque-assay -- 7.5 Plaque-purification and amplification of recombinant virus stocks -- 7.6 Amplification and detection of recombinant viruses by limiting dilution and dot-blot hybridization -- 8 Characterization of recombinant viruses -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Analysis of recombinant virus genomes -- 8.3 Analysis of foreign gene expression by polyacrylamide gel electophoresis, using unlabelled or radiolabelled cell proteins -- 8.4 Analysis of recombinant protein synthesis in insect cells using immunological techniques -- 8.5 Analysis of post-translational processing events in insect cells -- 8.6 Analysis of transcription in recombinant virus-infected cells -- 9 Scaling up the production of recombinant protein in insect cells; laboratory bench level -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Large-scale culture of insect cells -- 9.3 The importance of highly infectious virus stocks -- 9.4 Multiplicity of infection -- 9.5 The optimum time to harvest virus-infected cells -- 9.6 Purification of recombinant protein from infected cell cultures -- 10 Propagation of baculoviruses in insect larvae -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Rearing insects in the laboratory -- 10.3 Infection of insect larvae with polyhedra from cell culture -- 10.4 Purification of polyhedra from infected larvae -- 10.5 Bioassays of polyhedra -- 10.6 Purification of virus particles and DNA from polyhedra -- 10.7 Isolation of virus particles from infected larvae to establish infections in cell culture -- 10.8 Preparation of semi-synthetic insect diet -- 11 Trouble-shooting guide -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Insertion of foreign gene coding sequences into transfer vectors -- 11.3 Cell culture -- 11.4 Preparation of virus stocks and infectious DNA -- 11.5 Co-transfections -- 11.6 Baculovirus plaque-assays -- 11.7 Screening for recombinant viruses -- 11.8 Instability of recombinant viruses -- 11.9 Poor yields of recombinant protein -- Appendix A list of selected suppliers -- References.
    Abstract: The decision to write a book about the practical aspects of the baculovirus expression system stems from the numerous phone calls for help we have had, and from the many visitors to our labora­ tories requiring assistance to find the elusive polyhedrin-negative virus containing their favourite gene. We have also organized two expression system workshops and from the manuals we wrote for these, it seemed a logical progression to extend them into book form. We appreciate that those who are 'old-hands' at the baculovirus expression system may have differing views on some of our procedures, but the methods in this book are presented in the light of our own experiences in the laboratory and from our practical workshops, and we hope that the book will be especially useful to those new to the system. The first three chapters give the background information to the baculovirus expression system, and includes advice on how to choose the right transfer vector and discusses the various methods that are available to select recombinant viruses. The practical chapters concentrate on those aspects which are novel to the baculovirus system (insect cell culture, virus amplification and titration, etc. ) and, in general, leave the standard molecular biological techniques to the other excellent laboratory manuals that are available. However, for completeness sake and to avoid constant reference to other manuals, we have included brief details of some standard techniques where they are integral to the success of the baculovirus protocols.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The baculoviruses1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Isolation and host range -- 1.3 Structure and classification -- 1.4 Baculovirus replication in vivo -- 1.5 Baculovirus replication in vitro -- 1.6 Genetic engineering of baculovirus insecticides -- 2 The development of baculovirus expression vectors -- 2.1 Introduction and historical perspective -- 2.2 The merits of the baculovirus expression system -- 2.3 General principles for inserting foreign genes into the baculovirus genome -- 2.4 Baculovirus transfer vectors -- 2.5 Selection of recombinant viruses -- 3 Processing of foreign proteins synthesized using baculovirus vectors in insect cells -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Glycosylation -- 3.3 Phosphorylation, acylation and amidation -- 3.4 Proteolytic processing -- 3.5 Cellular targeting and secretion -- 3.6 Tertiary and quaternary structure formation -- 3.7 Expression of viral genes -- 3.8 Expression of bacterial and fungal genes -- 3.9 Post-transcriptional processing -- 4 Construction of transfer vectors containing the foreign gene -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Isolation of foreign gene coding sequences -- 4.3 Modifying the ends of DNA molecules -- 4.4 Preparation of the transfer vector -- 4.5 DNA ligations -- 4.6 Transformation of bacteria -- 4.7 Screening for recombinant baculovirus transfer vectors -- 4.8 Analysis of recombinant transfer vectors -- 4.9 Isolation of highly purified plasmid DNA (maxi-preps) -- 5 Insect cell culture media and maintenance of insect cell lines -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Cell lines -- 5.3 Culture media -- 5.4 Preparation of culture media -- 5.5 Glassware and disposable plasticware -- 5.6 Insect cell culture -- 5.7 A guide to Sf cell seeding densities for experimental work -- 5.8 Freezing, storage and recovery of insect cells in liquid nitrogen -- 5.9 A guide to adapting cells to serum-free media -- 6 Propagation, titration and purification of AcMNPV in cell culture -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Infection of cells with virus for experimental work -- 6.3 Titration of virus by plaque-assay -- 6.4 Plaque-picking and plaque-purification -- 6.5 Amplification of virus stocks -- 6.6 Large-scale production of virus for the purification of virus particles -- 6.7 Purification of infectious virus DNA -- 6.8 Titration of virus by TCID50 -- 7 Production and selection of recombinant virus -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Preparation of linear AcMNPV.lacZ (or AcMNPV.SC) DNA -- 7.3 Co-transfection of insect cells -- 7.4 Separation of parental and recombinant viruses by plaque-assay -- 7.5 Plaque-purification and amplification of recombinant virus stocks -- 7.6 Amplification and detection of recombinant viruses by limiting dilution and dot-blot hybridization -- 8 Characterization of recombinant viruses -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Analysis of recombinant virus genomes -- 8.3 Analysis of foreign gene expression by polyacrylamide gel electophoresis, using unlabelled or radiolabelled cell proteins -- 8.4 Analysis of recombinant protein synthesis in insect cells using immunological techniques -- 8.5 Analysis of post-translational processing events in insect cells -- 8.6 Analysis of transcription in recombinant virus-infected cells -- 9 Scaling up the production of recombinant protein in insect cells; laboratory bench level -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Large-scale culture of insect cells -- 9.3 The importance of highly infectious virus stocks -- 9.4 Multiplicity of infection -- 9.5 The optimum time to harvest virus-infected cells -- 9.6 Purification of recombinant protein from infected cell cultures -- 10 Propagation of baculoviruses in insect larvae -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Rearing insects in the laboratory -- 10.3 Infection of insect larvae with polyhedra from cell culture -- 10.4 Purification of polyhedra from infected larvae -- 10.5 Bioassays of polyhedra -- 10.6 Purification of virus particles and DNA from polyhedra -- 10.7 Isolation of virus particles from infected larvae to establish infections in cell culture -- 10.8 Preparation of semi-synthetic insect diet -- 11 Trouble-shooting guide -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Insertion of foreign gene coding sequences into transfer vectors -- 11.3 Cell culture -- 11.4 Preparation of virus stocks and infectious DNA -- 11.5 Co-transfections -- 11.6 Baculovirus plaque-assays -- 11.7 Screening for recombinant viruses -- 11.8 Instability of recombinant viruses -- 11.9 Poor yields of recombinant protein -- Appendix A list of selected suppliers -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401128940
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Sources and Composition of Whey and Permeate -- 2. Whey Processing -- 3. Demineralization -- 4. Whey Utilization -- 5. Whey Cheeses and Beverages -- 6. Ultrafiltration and Manufacture of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 7. Properties of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 8. Whey Protein Recovery and Whey Protein Fractionation.. -- 9. Lactose and Lactose Derivatives -- 10. Lactose Hydrolysis -- 11. Whey and Lactose Fermentation -- 12. Nutritional Aspects.
    Abstract: It would be difficult to imagine a more appropriate means of marking the Jubilee of the Dairy Research Laboratory, Division of Food Processing, CSIRO, than a publication on whey and lactose processing. The genesis of the Laboratory in 1939 was when the Australian dairy industry was very largely based on the supply of cream from farms to numerous butter factories, the skim milk being fed to pigs. By the mid-1940s, when Geof­ frey Loftus-Hills was appointed in charge ofthe fledgling Dairy Research Section, the main objective of the Section-the full utilization of the con­ stituents of milk for human food-had been firmly established. Over the next two decades progress towards this objective was exemplified by the scientific and technological contributions made in specialized milk powders for use in recombining and in the manufacture of casein and cheese. Meanwhile farming practices changed from cream production to the supply of refrigerated whole milk to the factories. By the late 1960s the increasing production of cheese and casein had re­ sulted in almost 2 million tonnes of whey per annum. This represented not only a waste disposal problem, but also under-utilization of over 100000 t of milk solids. The Laboratory had now grown to a staff of around 70, so it was possible to allocate some resources to this extra challenge.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Sources and Composition of Whey and Permeate2. Whey Processing -- 3. Demineralization -- 4. Whey Utilization -- 5. Whey Cheeses and Beverages -- 6. Ultrafiltration and Manufacture of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 7. Properties of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 8. Whey Protein Recovery and Whey Protein Fractionation. -- 9. Lactose and Lactose Derivatives -- 10. Lactose Hydrolysis -- 11. Whey and Lactose Fermentation -- 12. Nutritional Aspects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169738
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: I-Overview of Ceramics1. Ceramic Materials -- 2. Ceramic Raw Materials -- 3. Nature of Clay -- 4. Forming from Powders -- 5. Forming from Melts -- 6. Miscellaneous Forming Techniques -- 7. Traditional Ceramic Industries -- II-The Nature of Ceramic Materials (Bonding/Crystal Concepts) -- 8. Atomic Structure -- 9. Bonding and Crystal Chemistry Concepts -- 10. Silicate Stuctures -- 11. Structure of Glass -- 12. Oxide Crystal Structures -- III-Characterization of Ceramic Materials -- 13. Analytical Techniques -- 14. Properties and Requirements of Ceramic Materials -- 15. Ceramic Surface Characteristics -- 16. Ceramic Strength Considerations -- IV-Hi-Tech Applications of Ceramics -- 17. Structural and Electronic Applications -- 18. Integrated Circuit Technology -- 19. Ceramic Packaging of IC Devices -- 20. The Future of Ceramics.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401130684
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Characteristics of urban flora and fauna -- 2.1 Proliferation of introduced species -- 2.2 Severe disturbance -- 2.3 Increased opportunities for dispersal -- 2.4 Habitat diversity -- 2.5 Taxonomic and evolutionary aspects -- 2.6 Vertebrates -- 2.7 Invertebrates -- 2.8 Planted vegetation -- 2.9 Historical factors -- 3 The urban climate and air pollution -- 3.1 Climate -- 3.2 Air pollution -- 4 Soils in urban areas -- 4.1 The classification of urban soils -- 4.2 Conspectus -- 4.3 Characteristics of urban soils -- 4.4 Brick rubble -- 4.5 Topsoiled sites -- 5 Vegetation dynamics -- 5.1 Ecological change as greenfield sites become developed -- 5.2 Ecological change as urban land is recycled -- 5.3 Postdevelopment -- 5.4 Discussion -- 6 Urban commons -- 6.1 Plants -- 6.2 Animals -- 6.3 Research opportunities -- 7 Industrial areas -- 7.1 Raw materials -- 7.2 Buildings, structures, hard landscapes -- 7.3 Energy aspects -- 7.4 Stores and warehouses -- 7.5 Solid waste material -- 7.6 Modern trends -- 8 Railways -- 8.1 The permanent way -- 8.2 Sidings -- 8.3 Brickwork and masonry -- 8.4 Verges -- 8.5 Boundary features -- 9 Roads -- 9.1 Road design -- 9.2 Exhaust emissions -- 9.3 De-icing salt -- 9.4 Traffic stress -- 9.5 Street trees -- 9.6 Grass verges -- 9.7 Animals -- 10 City centres -- 10.1 Animals -- 10.2 Vegetation -- 10.3 Interactions -- 11 City parks -- 11.1 Habitats within a park -- 11.2 Grassland -- 11.3 Growth retardants and herbicides -- 11.4 The changing wild flora of parks -- 11.5 Lakes -- 11.6 Mammals -- 11.7 Birds -- 11.8 Invertebrates -- 12 Allotments and leisure gardens -- 12.1 Background -- 12.2 Cultivated plots -- 12.3 Secondary successions -- 12.4 Birds -- 12.5 Supplementary habitats -- 12.6 Fostering wildlife on allotments -- 13 Cemeteries -- 13.1 Background -- 13.2 Structure planting -- 13.3 Shrubs -- 13.4 The ground layer -- 13.5 Grave plots -- 13.6 Relic communities -- 13.7 Succession -- 13.8 Management options -- 14 Gardens -- 14.1 Vegetation -- 14.2 Animals -- 14.3 Discussion -- 15 Rivers, canals, ponds, lakes, reservoirs and water mains -- 15.1 Urban hydrology -- 15.2 Rivers -- 15.3 Canals -- 15.4 Ponds, lakes, reservoirs and water mains -- 16 Woodland -- 16.1 The archaeology of a small urban wood -- 16.2 Ancient seminatural woodland -- 16.3 Plantations on the site of ancient woodland -- 16.4 Spontaneous recent woodland -- 16.5 Plantations -- 16.6 Birds -- 17 Living with wildlife -- 17.1 The aesthetic conflict -- 17.2 Social considerations -- 17.3 Design and management -- 17.4 Benefits for all -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401131162
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 431 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Systems, Processes and the Role of Process Control Hardware -- 1 Signals, systems and process control -- 2 The basic process unit -- 3 Stratification of control tasks and data communication -- Two The Role of Software in Process Control Systems -- 4 The relative roles of software and hardware -- 5 System software -- 6 Application programs and databases -- Three The Man-Machine Interface -- 7 Reduction and visualization of data and procedures -- 8 Process management and control -- 9 The role of the operator in process control systems -- Four System Design -- 10 The feasibility study -- 11 Computer control system design -- 12 Cost-effective system selection -- 13 The integrated approach -- Author index.
    Abstract: This book reflects the considerable current industrial interest and investment in process control systems. The use of computer systems in process control can provide great benefits, and it is estimated that efficiency can be increased by up to 30%. It is not surprising, therefore, that there have been considerable efforts by system designers and users to introduce and use such systems. Process hardware is integrated into a complete production system through data processing. It is for this purpose that technical specialists (e. g. electrical, mechanical, electronics, communication and process engineers and program­ mers) are involved in data processing. The scope of this book is therefore to assist in the selection of computer hardware and software that match the functional specification of the data processing component of a particular system. The principal points covered in this book are set out below. Part One: Production process hardware for a standard process is outlined and the information processing hardware is described. Large mechanical process hardware and process information devices (e. g. sensors and control elements involved in the process) create a coherent production unit, or system, which can be the control unit (i. e. the basic process unit). The hardware processes are described and the mathematics explained. This enables the application of control laws in order to linearize the process about its working point, as well as a stratification of process control tasks.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    ISBN: 9789401133463
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 335 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodolgy, and Philosophy of Science 216
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 216
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Humanities ; Philosophy of mind ; Knowledge, Theory of. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Aspects of the Theory of Definition -- I / Preliminary Considerations -- Real and Nominal Definitions -- Primitive Concepts: Habits, Conventions, and Laws -- II / Definitional Desiderata -- Vagueness and the Desiderata for Definition -- Definition in a Quinean World -- III / Formal Developments -- Definitions and Definability -- Towards a General Theory of Identifiability -- IV / Epistemic Dimensions -- Epistemic Terms and the Aims of Epistemology -- Rational Definitions and Defining Rationality -- V / Specialized Conceptions -- Idealized Definitions in Physics and Idealized Dispositions -- Inverted Definitions and Their Uses -- VI / Disciplinary Conceptions -- Definitions in Law -- Defining the Divine -- Philosophical Analyses: An Explanation and Defense -- Index of Names -- Index of Subjects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9789401132442
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 247 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: The University of Western Ontario Series in Philosophy of Science, A Series of Books in Philosophy of Science, Methodology, Epistemology, Logic, History of Science, and Related Fields 49
    Series Statement: The Western Ontario Series in Philosophy of Science, A Series of Books in Philosophy of Science, Methodology, Epistemology, Logic, History of Science, and Related Fields 49
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Logic ; Science—Philosophy. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: On (the x) (x = Lambert) -- Five Easy Pieces -- The Cartesian Cogitos -- Undefined Definite Descriptions -- Maximum Entropy Updating and Conditionalization -- Leibniz on Ens and Existence -- Colours, Corners and Complexity: Meinong and Wittgenstein on Some Internal Relations -- Atomic Sentences as Singular Terms in Free Logic -- EPR-Situation and Bell’s Inequality -- On Being Spread Out in Time: Temporal Parts and the Problem of Change -- Stability and Chance -- A Reason for Explanation: Explanations Provide Stable Reasons -- The Systems of Plato and Aristotle Compared as to Their Contributions to Physics -- A Note on Aristotle’s Theory of Definition and Scientific Explanation -- Actualism, Free Logic and First-Order Supervaluations -- Bibliography Of Karel Lambert.
    Abstract: This collection of essays is dedicated to 'Joe' Karel Lambert. The contributors are all personally affected to Joe in some way or other, but they are definitely not the only ones. Whatever excuses there are - there are some -, the editors apologize to whomever they have neglected. But even so the collection displays how influential Karel Lambert has been, personally and through his teaching and his writings. The display is in alphabetical order - with one exception: Bas van Fraassen, being about the earliest student of Karel Lambert, opens the collection with some reminiscences. Naturally, one of the focal points of this volume is Lambert's logical thinking and (or: freed of) ontological thinking. Free logic is intimately connected with description theory. Bas van Fraassen gives a survey of the development of the area, and Charles Daniels points to difficulties with definite descriptions in modal contexts and stories. Peter Woodruff addresses the relation between free logic and supervaluation semantics, presenting a novel condition which recovers desirable metatheoretic properties for free logic under that semantics. Terence Parsons shows how free logic can be utilized in interpreting sentences as purporting to denote events (true ones succeed and false ones fail) and how this helps to understand natural language.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169677
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 225 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Design and Process Considerations -- 1.1 Overview -- 1.2 Assembly Packaging -- 1.3 Component Packaging -- 1.4 The Printed Wiring Assembly -- 1.5 Assembly and Solder Process -- 1.6 Cleaning Operation -- 1.7 Summary -- References -- 2 Flux Considerations with Emphasis on Low Solids -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Specifications -- 2.3 Flux Materials -- 2.4 Application Methods -- 2.5 Monitoring Techniques -- 2.6 Process Issues -- 2.7 Nonliquid Fluxes -- 2.8 Importance of Soldering Parameters -- 2.9 Summary and Trends -- References -- 3 Solvent Defluxing of Printed Wiring Board Assemblies and Surface Mount Assemblies: Materials, Processes, and Equipment -- 3.1 The Need for Cleaning -- 3.2 The Cleaning Process -- 3.3 Testing for Cleanliness -- 3.4 Environmental Concerns of Solvents -- 3.5 Conclusion -- References -- 4 Aqueous Defluxing: Materials, Processes, and Equipment -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Design Considerations -- 4.3 Process Considerations -- 4.4 Process Qualification and Control -- 4.5 Environmental Concerns -- References -- 5 Alternative Defluxing: Materials, Processes, and Equipment -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Methods and Equipment -- 5.3 Materials -- References -- 6 Defluxing for High Reliability Applications and General Environmental Issues -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Background -- 6.3 Cleanliness Requirements -- 6.4 Cleaning Materials -- 6.5 Cleaning Equipment -- 6.6 Cleanliness Verification -- 6.7 Environmental Issues -- 6.8 The Future of Cleaning -- 6.9 Conclusions -- References.
    Abstract: The impetus to create this book originated from several concerns. One of these was the perceived value to the industry of a collection in one volume of a wide range of information pertinent to the reasons and techniques for de fluxing printed wiring assemblies (PWAs). This book is expected to be of use not only to those engaged in the electronics packaging industry but also to those in related fields seeking information concerning viable methods of dealing with one of the en­ vironmental issues of our time: the destruction of the ozone layer surrounding and protecting the planet with which we have been entrusted. The volume of information relative to providing PW As free of residues ad­ versely impacting operation, reliability, and life of electronic products is grow­ ing, and it will continue to expand at an accelerated rate as we seek to match our technology needs and desires with our environmental responsibilities. At the time ofthis writing, which has spanned the latter portion of 1989 and early 1990, the issue of choosing a new approach to producing PW As free of detrimental residues while using environmentally acceptable manufacturing techniques ap­ peared to be the major concern of the vast majority of those involved in the printed wiring assembly industry. To many this meant the use of different clean­ ing media and/or process or equipment enhancements; to others it meant the elimination of the need to clean through materials or process changes.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401131087
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 311 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Science.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction: cell—cell signalling by cytoplasmic bridges -- 2 The first messengers — hormones, neurotransmitters and local mediators -- 3 Structure and biosynthesis of first messengers -- 4 Ionic homeostasis and nervous conduction -- 5 Cell biology of first messenger synthesis and secretion -- 6 Cell surface receptors — analysis and identification -- 7 Cell surface receptors — signal transduction -- 8 Cell surface receptors — protein phosphorylation and other intracellular events -- 9 Regulation of cell proliferation and cancer -- 10 Signal transduction by nuclear receptors.
    Abstract: The central theme of this book is that systems of cell-cell signalling via nerves, hormones, local mediators and growth factors are not distinct phenomena, but branches of one general mechanism. These topics therefore can and should be discussed in an integrated manner, and the division of cell signalling studies into separate pigeonholes such as neuroscience, endocrinology or cancer biology is unnecessary, if not counterproductive. I also believe it to be unfortunate that there is not a collective term to describe neurotransmitters, hormones, local mediators and growth factors, other than clumsy phrases such as "extracellular signal molecule". The lack of a short and distinctive word for these entities genuinely hampers people from thinking about them in an integrated way. Having decided that it was presumptuous to invent a new term, I have chosen in this book the term first messenger to cover all types of extracellular signal molecule, because of the widespread acceptance of the term second messenger to represent the intracellular signal molecules that are produced in response to many of them. I have given the book the title "biochemical messengers", which is a global term to cover both first and second messengers. The impetus for writing the book came, as must often be the case, when I had to put together a course on cell-cell signalling for biochemistry students at the University of Dundee.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction: cell-cell signalling by cytoplasmic bridges2 The first messengers - hormones, neurotransmitters and local mediators -- 3 Structure and biosynthesis of first messengers -- 4 Ionic homeostasis and nervous conduction -- 5 Cell biology of first messenger synthesis and secretion -- 6 Cell surface receptors - analysis and identification -- 7 Cell surface receptors - signal transduction -- 8 Cell surface receptors - protein phosphorylation and other intracellular events -- 9 Regulation of cell proliferation and cancer -- 10 Signal transduction by nuclear receptors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    ISBN: 9789401136549
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Opening Session -- Welcome Address -- Opening Address -- Areas Where Advanced Separation Techniques are Desirable -- Review of New Extractants Potentially Applicable to the Processing of Radioactive Liquid Wastes (Summary) -- The Truex Process: A Vital Tool for Disposal of U.S. Defense Nuclear Waste -- Session I Amines/Amides Based Extractants -- Highly Selective and Micellar Extraction of Uranyl and Alkaline-Earth Cations (Summary) -- Extraction of Metal Ions by Neutral ?-Diphosphoramides -- Treatment of Nuclear Waste Solutions Using A New Class of Extractants: Pentaalkyl Propane Diamides -- Research for Actinides Extractants from Various Wastes -- N,N Dialkylaliphatic Amides as Extractant of Platinum Group Metals -- Session II Bidentate Organophosphorus Extractants -- Application of the Teseo Process for Actinide Removal from Liquid Alpha Wastes Generated During UO2-PuO2 Fuel Fabrication Campaigns -- Separation of AM, EU and CE from Liquid Wastes with CMPO by Extraction Chromatography -- The Extraction of Actinides and Other Constituents from Highly Active Waste (HAW) by Trialkyl Phosphine Oxide (TRPO) -- Actinides Removal by Means of Octyl(Phenyl)-N,N-Diisobutyl Carbamoyl Methyl Phosphine Oxide (CMPO) Sorbed on Silica -- Application of the CMPO Extractant (Supported Liquid Membrane) for the Alpha Decontamination of Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Comparison Between CMPO and DHDECMP for Alpha Decontamination of Radioactive Liquid Waste -- Application of CMPO Containing Gels to Metal Extraction -- Session III The Calixarenes -- Potential Industrial Applications of Calixarenes -- Special Calixarenes, Synthesis and Properties -- Calixspherands as Ligands for the Complexation of Radioactive Rubidium-81 -- Research Activities on Calixarenes (Summary) -- Session IV The Crown-Ethers -- General Properties of Crown-Ethers and Their Potential for Applications in Analytical and Preparative Chemistry -- Possible Applications of Crown-Ethers to Metal Extraction Using Liquid Membrane Technology a Literature Survey -- Application of Crown-Ethers to Caesium and Strontium Removal from Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Session V Other Types of Extractants -- Synthesis of Macrocyclic Ligands and Their Application in the Separation of Rare Earths -- Separation of Actinides with Alkylpyridinium Nitrates -- Phosphonomethyl Substituted Phenols A New Class of Absorbers and Extractants for Metals -- Actinide Separations by High Pressure Cation Exchange — The Neptunium Case -- Separation of Metal Ions by Complexation-Ultrafiltration -- Session VI Inorganic Ion Exchangers/Absorbers -- Preparation and Properties of Hexacyanoferrates for the Removal of Caesium from Radioactive Waste Streams: A Review -- The Combination of Finely Divided Inorganic Ion Exchangers and Ultrafiltration for the Treatment of Low- and Medium-Level Waste -- Use of Hydrated Antimony Pentoxide (HAP) for Fission Product Removal from Irradiated U Solutions: Application to A Homogeneous Reactor Fuel Reprocessing -- Caesium Decontamination from MTR Waste Solution -- Selective ion Exchange for Chromium Recovery from Tannery Wastes -- Novel Organic, Inorganic and Modified Inorganic Materials for Waste Treatment -- The Eix Process for Radioactive Waste Treatment -- Conclusions -- Main Achievements of the Seminar -- List of Participants -- Index of Authors.
    Abstract: The purpose of this technical seminar was to evaluate the present state of the art in matter of advanced separation techniques like solvent extraction, ion-exchange, chemical precipitation, membrane and electrical processes for the treatment of radioactive liquid waste and a selection of some specific industrial non-radioactive effluents. Through this initiative, the organisers aimed at promoting the exchange of information between scientists from various origins (universities, research centres and industries) while contributing to the necessary overcoming of the artificial barriers which too often limit the "technology transfer" between the nuclear and non-nuclear sectors. Vll CONTENTS PREFACE ........................................ V ABBREVIATIONS ...................................... xiv OPENING SESSION WELCOME ADDRESS C. MANCINI (ENEA) .................................... 3 OPENING ADDRESS S. FINZI (CEC) ....................................... 7 AREAS WHERE ADVANCED SEPARATION TECHNIQUES ARE DESIRABLE G. GROSSI (ENEA), L. CECILLE (CEC) ....................... 11 REVIEW OF NEW EXTRACT ANTS POTENTIALLY APPLICABLE TO THE PROCESSING OF RADIOACTIVE LIQUID WASTES (Summary) P.R. DANESI, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 . . . . . . . . . .
    Description / Table of Contents: Opening SessionWelcome Address -- Opening Address -- Areas Where Advanced Separation Techniques are Desirable -- Review of New Extractants Potentially Applicable to the Processing of Radioactive Liquid Wastes (Summary) -- The Truex Process: A Vital Tool for Disposal of U.S. Defense Nuclear Waste -- Session I Amines/Amides Based Extractants -- Highly Selective and Micellar Extraction of Uranyl and Alkaline-Earth Cations (Summary) -- Extraction of Metal Ions by Neutral ?-Diphosphoramides -- Treatment of Nuclear Waste Solutions Using A New Class of Extractants: Pentaalkyl Propane Diamides -- Research for Actinides Extractants from Various Wastes -- N,N Dialkylaliphatic Amides as Extractant of Platinum Group Metals -- Session II Bidentate Organophosphorus Extractants -- Application of the Teseo Process for Actinide Removal from Liquid Alpha Wastes Generated During UO2-PuO2 Fuel Fabrication Campaigns -- Separation of AM, EU and CE from Liquid Wastes with CMPO by Extraction Chromatography -- The Extraction of Actinides and Other Constituents from Highly Active Waste (HAW) by Trialkyl Phosphine Oxide (TRPO) -- Actinides Removal by Means of Octyl(Phenyl)-N,N-Diisobutyl Carbamoyl Methyl Phosphine Oxide (CMPO) Sorbed on Silica -- Application of the CMPO Extractant (Supported Liquid Membrane) for the Alpha Decontamination of Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Comparison Between CMPO and DHDECMP for Alpha Decontamination of Radioactive Liquid Waste -- Application of CMPO Containing Gels to Metal Extraction -- Session III The Calixarenes -- Potential Industrial Applications of Calixarenes -- Special Calixarenes, Synthesis and Properties -- Calixspherands as Ligands for the Complexation of Radioactive Rubidium-81 -- Research Activities on Calixarenes (Summary) -- Session IV The Crown-Ethers -- General Properties of Crown-Ethers and Their Potential for Applications in Analytical and Preparative Chemistry -- Possible Applications of Crown-Ethers to Metal Extraction Using Liquid Membrane Technology a Literature Survey -- Application of Crown-Ethers to Caesium and Strontium Removal from Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Session V Other Types of Extractants -- Synthesis of Macrocyclic Ligands and Their Application in the Separation of Rare Earths -- Separation of Actinides with Alkylpyridinium Nitrates -- Phosphonomethyl Substituted Phenols A New Class of Absorbers and Extractants for Metals -- Actinide Separations by High Pressure Cation Exchange - The Neptunium Case -- Separation of Metal Ions by Complexation-Ultrafiltration -- Session VI Inorganic Ion Exchangers/Absorbers -- Preparation and Properties of Hexacyanoferrates for the Removal of Caesium from Radioactive Waste Streams: A Review -- The Combination of Finely Divided Inorganic Ion Exchangers and Ultrafiltration for the Treatment of Low- and Medium-Level Waste -- Use of Hydrated Antimony Pentoxide (HAP) for Fission Product Removal from Irradiated U Solutions: Application to A Homogeneous Reactor Fuel Reprocessing -- Caesium Decontamination from MTR Waste Solution -- Selective ion Exchange for Chromium Recovery from Tannery Wastes -- Novel Organic, Inorganic and Modified Inorganic Materials for Waste Treatment -- The Eix Process for Radioactive Waste Treatment -- Conclusions -- Main Achievements of the Seminar -- List of Participants -- Index of Authors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401133487
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 241 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: The University of Western Ontario Series in Philosophy of Science, A Series of Books in Philosophy of Science, Methodology, Epistemolog Logic, History of Science, and Related Fields 48
    Series Statement: The Western Ontario Series in Philosophy of Science, A Series of Books in Philosophy of Science, Methodology, Epistemology, Logic, History of Science, and Related Fields 48
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Logic ; History ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Science—Philosophy.
    Abstract: “Ma vie en bref” -- “Indeterminism or Instability, Does It Matter?” -- “Covariance and the Non-Preference of Coordinate Systems” -- “Kant’s ‘Platonic’ Argument in Behalf of the A Priori Character of the Representation of Space” -- “The Sense of the A Priori Method in Leibniz’s Dynamics” -- “Méthode axiomatique et idée de système dans l’oeuvre de Jules Vuillemin” -- “Algebra, Constructibility, and the Indeterminate” -- “On Whether an Answer to a Why-Question Is an Explanation If and Only If It Yields Scientific Understanding” -- “Some Revisionary Proposals About Belief and Believing” -- “Quantification, Modality, and Semantic Ascent” -- “Temporal Necessity, Time and Ability: a philosophical commentary on Diodorus Cronus’ Master Argument as given in the interpretation of Jules Vuillemin” -- “Replies” -- List of the Publications of Jules Vuillemin, 1947–1989.
    Abstract: Deservedly so, Jules Vuillemin is widely respected and greatly admired. It is not simply that he has produced a large body of outstanding work, in many different areas of philosophy. Or that he combines to an unusual degree rigorous standards with a very wide perspective. Or even that in his path-breaking accounts of algebra, of !)escartes, of Kant and of Russell, he showed in new and profound ways how the histories of science and philosophy could be used to illuminate each other. It is also that he has pursued the application of formal techniques and the defense of liberal institutions with a rare singlemindedness and courage. In a time and place where the former were generally ignored and the latter often attacked, he carried on, at some personal cost, embodying a traditional and ideal conception of the philosophical life, bridging national differences. Those who know him also treasure his friendship. Always curious, he delights in new facts and new experiences, and continually heightens the perception of those around him. Almost yearly, at the College de France he introduced brand new courses always with fresh and fruitful inSights. Exceptionally solicitous, he follows the lives of the families around him in great detail. The devotion of his students is legend. His personal energy is also legend. Many of us have followed him bounding up the stairs two at a time or through the gardens of the Luxembourg, his wit and irony apace.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401179508
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to Cleanroom Technology -- The Need for Cleanrooms -- An Overview of Semiconductor Technology -- Other Cleanroom Applications -- The Impact of Cleanroom Technology -- 2. Microcontamination -- Types of Contamination -- Sources of Contamination -- Effects of Contamination -- Summary -- 3. Controlled Environment Concepts -- Performance Considerations -- Performance Standards -- Parameter Measurement -- Summary -- 4. Creating Clean Areas -- Construction Materials and Techniques -- Air Filtration -- Airflow -- Equipment and Material Decontamination -- Bringing Items into the Cleanroom -- Summary -- 5. Cleanroom Layout -- Mixed Flow Rooms -- Local Unidirectional Flow -- Modular Cleanrooms -- Tunnel Cleanrooms -- Total Vertical Laminar Flow -- Horizontal Laminar Flow -- Process Equipment -- Designing for Cleanroom Class -- Summary -- 6. Preconditioning, Control, and Static -- Air Handling Systems -- Fans and Air Control -- Static -- Summary -- 7. Site and Structural Considerations -- Vibration -- Site Selection -- Structure -- Internal Vibration Engineering -- Summary -- 8. Cleanrooms, Codes, and Legislation -- Principal Codes -- Fire Protection -- Legislation -- Summary -- 9. Ultrapure Water -- The Need for Ultrapure Water -- Constituents of Raw Water -- Purification Techniques -- RO/DI System Configurations -- Operational Considerations -- Summary -- 10. Production Materials -- Gases -- Wet Chemicals -- Handling Other Materials -- Summary -- 11. Personnel and Contamination -- Apparel -- Use of Apparel -- Work Practices -- Summary -- 12. Safety Issues -- Properties of Hazardous Production Materials -- Cleanroom Safety Practices -- Safety Equipment -- Handling Hazardous Production Materials -- Summary -- 13. The Future of Controlled Environments -- Advanced Cleanroom Concepts -- Enclosed Transfer Systems -- Robotics and Automation -- In-situ Processing -- Epilog—The Cleanroom as a System -- Appendix 1 Federal Standard 209D -- Appendix 2 Simplified Cleanroom Certification Procedure -- Appendix 3 Program and Sample Output.
    Abstract: In writing this book, our goal was to produce a much needed teaching and reference text with a fresh approach to c1eanroom technology. The most obvious technological reason for bringing this book into being is that c1ean­ rooms have become vital to the manufacture and development of high­ technology products in both the commercial and military sectors, and there­ fore people have to develop an understanding of them. Examples of c1ean­ room applications include the manufacture of integrated circuits and other electronic components, preciSion mechanical assemblies, computer disks and drives, compact disks, optical components, medical implants and prostheses, pharmaceuticals and biochemicals, and so on. The book is written for anyone who is currently involved, or intends to become involved, with c1eanrooms. We intend it to be used by a wide range of professional groups including process engineers, production engineers, plant mechanical and electrical engineers, research engineers and scientists, managers, and so on. In addition, we believe it will be beneficial to those who design, build, service, and supply c1eanrooms, and may be used as a training aid for students who intend to pursue a career involving controlled environments and others such as c1eanroom operators and maintenance staff. We have attempted to steer clear of complex theory, which may be pursued in many other specialist texts, and keep the book as understandable and applicable as possible.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction to Cleanroom TechnologyThe Need for Cleanrooms -- An Overview of Semiconductor Technology -- Other Cleanroom Applications -- The Impact of Cleanroom Technology -- 2. Microcontamination -- Types of Contamination -- Sources of Contamination -- Effects of Contamination -- Summary -- 3. Controlled Environment Concepts -- Performance Considerations -- Performance Standards -- Parameter Measurement -- Summary -- 4. Creating Clean Areas -- Construction Materials and Techniques -- Air Filtration -- Airflow -- Equipment and Material Decontamination -- Bringing Items into the Cleanroom -- Summary -- 5. Cleanroom Layout -- Mixed Flow Rooms -- Local Unidirectional Flow -- Modular Cleanrooms -- Tunnel Cleanrooms -- Total Vertical Laminar Flow -- Horizontal Laminar Flow -- Process Equipment -- Designing for Cleanroom Class -- Summary -- 6. Preconditioning, Control, and Static -- Air Handling Systems -- Fans and Air Control -- Static -- Summary -- 7. Site and Structural Considerations -- Vibration -- Site Selection -- Structure -- Internal Vibration Engineering -- Summary -- 8. Cleanrooms, Codes, and Legislation -- Principal Codes -- Fire Protection -- Legislation -- Summary -- 9. Ultrapure Water -- The Need for Ultrapure Water -- Constituents of Raw Water -- Purification Techniques -- RO/DI System Configurations -- Operational Considerations -- Summary -- 10. Production Materials -- Gases -- Wet Chemicals -- Handling Other Materials -- Summary -- 11. Personnel and Contamination -- Apparel -- Use of Apparel -- Work Practices -- Summary -- 12. Safety Issues -- Properties of Hazardous Production Materials -- Cleanroom Safety Practices -- Safety Equipment -- Handling Hazardous Production Materials -- Summary -- 13. The Future of Controlled Environments -- Advanced Cleanroom Concepts -- Enclosed Transfer Systems -- Robotics and Automation -- In-situ Processing -- Epilog-The Cleanroom as a System -- Appendix 1 Federal Standard 209D -- Appendix 2 Simplified Cleanroom Certification Procedure -- Appendix 3 Program and Sample Output.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401176149
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Background -- 1.2 Structure and properties of plastics -- 1.3 Additives -- 1.4 Processing of plastics -- 1.5 Practical methods of processing -- 1.6 Interactions between shaping process and plastics materials -- Further reading -- 2 Fundamentals of design -- 2.1 Engineering design -- 2.2 Design limitations imposed by processing method -- 2.3 Product design -- 2.4 Importance of economics of processing in design -- Further reading -- 3 Styrene plastics -- 3.1 Polystyrene -- 3.2 High impact polystyrene -- 3.3 Styrene copolymers -- 3.4 ABS plastics -- 3.5 Polystyrene—poly(phenylene oxide) blends -- 4 Other amorphous thermoplastics -- 4.1 Poly(methyl methacrylate) -- 4.2 Cellulose plastics -- 4.3 Polycarbonates -- 5 Propylene plastics -- 5.1 Homopolymer and impact-modified grades -- 5.2 Filled polypropylene -- 5.3 Foamed polypropylene -- 5.4 Miscellaneous applications of propylene polymers -- 6 Other polyolefin plastics -- 6.1 Polyethylene -- 6.2 Ethylene copolymers -- 6.3 Polybut-1-ene -- 6.4 Poly-4-methylpent-1-ene -- 7 Other crystalline thermoplastics -- 7.1 Polyamides -- 7.2 Thermoplastic polyesters -- 7.3 Polyacetals -- 8 Vinyl chloride plastics -- 8.1 Unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.2 Plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.3 Vinyl chloride copolymers -- 8.4 Blends of poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.5 Vinylidene chloride polymers and copolymers -- 9 Speciality thermoplastics -- 9.1 Fluoroplastics -- 9.2 Polysulphones -- 9.3 Poly(phenylene sulphide) -- 10 Cross-linked plastics -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Phenol-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.3 Urea-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.4 Melamine-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.5 Unsaturated polyester resins -- 10.6 Epoxide resins -- 11 Polyurethane plastics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Molecular structure—property relationships -- 11.3 Properties and applications of polyurethanes -- Further reading.
    Abstract: Plastics are part of everyday life and contribute immensely to the benefit of humanity. When failures occur, they are due in part either to inferior properties (resulting from poor design or badly controlled processing), or to an incomplete understanding of the properties and applications of plastics materials. Since publication of the first edition, the plastics industry has increas­ ingly adopted advanced business procedures and automation (such as closed loop control and robotics), to combat the effects of recession, and has moved increasingly towards methods based on sound scientific and technological principles. Plastics have increasingly been used in appli­ cations once dominated by the use of metals and ceramics. For instance, in the automotive industry, the modern car now contains a much higher proportion of polymers, including commodity plastics and more spec­ ialized materials. In addition, compact discs are being made from new injection-moulding grades of polycarbonate, which meet the requirements of a demanding process. This second edition has been thoroughly revised and extended to include new materials, technologies and design concepts. Chapters on thermoplastics reflect the development of polymer blends and alloys, whilst the chapters devoted to thermosets have been reorganized to accommodate the renaissance in the applications of phenolics and to cover the growing importance of polyurethanes. The related two­ component process technologies are now included; having undergone major developments in the last decade, they have become important shaping processes.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Background -- 1.2 Structure and properties of plastics -- 1.3 Additives -- 1.4 Processing of plastics -- 1.5 Practical methods of processing -- 1.6 Interactions between shaping process and plastics materials -- Further reading -- 2 Fundamentals of design -- 2.1 Engineering design -- 2.2 Design limitations imposed by processing method -- 2.3 Product design -- 2.4 Importance of economics of processing in design -- Further reading -- 3 Styrene plastics -- 3.1 Polystyrene -- 3.2 High impact polystyrene -- 3.3 Styrene copolymers -- 3.4 ABS plastics -- 3.5 Polystyrene-poly(phenylene oxide) blends -- 4 Other amorphous thermoplastics -- 4.1 Poly(methyl methacrylate) -- 4.2 Cellulose plastics -- 4.3 Polycarbonates -- 5 Propylene plastics -- 5.1 Homopolymer and impact-modified grades -- 5.2 Filled polypropylene -- 5.3 Foamed polypropylene -- 5.4 Miscellaneous applications of propylene polymers -- 6 Other polyolefin plastics -- 6.1 Polyethylene -- 6.2 Ethylene copolymers -- 6.3 Polybut-1-ene -- 6.4 Poly-4-methylpent-1-ene -- 7 Other crystalline thermoplastics -- 7.1 Polyamides -- 7.2 Thermoplastic polyesters -- 7.3 Polyacetals -- 8 Vinyl chloride plastics -- 8.1 Unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.2 Plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.3 Vinyl chloride copolymers -- 8.4 Blends of poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.5 Vinylidene chloride polymers and copolymers -- 9 Speciality thermoplastics -- 9.1 Fluoroplastics -- 9.2 Polysulphones -- 9.3 Poly(phenylene sulphide) -- 10 Cross-linked plastics -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Phenol-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.3 Urea-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.4 Melamine-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.5 Unsaturated polyester resins -- 10.6 Epoxide resins -- 11 Polyurethane plastics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Molecular structure-property relationships -- 11.3 Properties and applications of polyurethanes -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401159654
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 In the Abyss of Time -- 1 In the beginning -- 2 The beginning of life -- 3 The Archaean planet -- 2 The Occupation of the Planet -- 4 The variety of life -- 5 Life in the Archaean -- 6 The surface of the Proterozoic Earth -- 7 The birth of the eukaryotes -- 3 The Spread of the Eukaryotes -- 8 The early Palaeozoic explosion and its aftermath -- 9 The changing land -- 10 The rule of the reptiles -- 4 The Modern World -- 11 The new world -- 12 Humanity -- 13 Inhabiting an island.
    Abstract: Life has shaped the Earth, and the Earth has moulded the history of life. That history, the co-evolution of our ancestors and their horne, has much to teach us about our place on the planet today. We are part of the fabric of the biosphere. As we change that fabric we would be wise to understand how our horne was built. Our planet is neither a hotel nor a colony. It is not a place which life briefly inhabits during a transient occupation. Instead, it is our horne, designed by the deeds of our ancestors and suited to our own needs. The history of life on Earth is held in the geological record, which is composed of the rocks, water and air that are available for study on the planet's surface. These rocks, the oceans and the atmosphere are not simply stores of information for the excitement of fossil hunters and geochemists, or resources to exploit without thought. Their cre­ ation and continued existence form an integral part of the development and management of the Earth as the horne of life.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 In the Abyss of Time1 In the beginning -- 2 The beginning of life -- 3 The Archaean planet -- 2 The Occupation of the Planet -- 4 The variety of life -- 5 Life in the Archaean -- 6 The surface of the Proterozoic Earth -- 7 The birth of the eukaryotes -- 3 The Spread of the Eukaryotes -- 8 The early Palaeozoic explosion and its aftermath -- 9 The changing land -- 10 The rule of the reptiles -- 4 The Modern World -- 11 The new world -- 12 Humanity -- 13 Inhabiting an island.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170765
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I. Modeling Consumer Demand for Food Safety and Nutrition -- 1. Consumer Demand for Food and Food Safety: Models and Applications -- 2. Modeling the Effect of Risk on Food Demand and the Implications for Regulation -- 3. A Model of the Demand and Supply of the Health Effects of Food Substances -- II. Application of Risk Assessment Methodology to Food Safety -- 4. Modeling Chronic Versus Acute Human Health Risk from Contaminants in Food -- 5. Conservatism in Risk Assessment and Food Safety Policy -- 6. Risk Assessment for Estimating the Economic Costs of Foodborne Disease Caused by Microorganisms -- 7. An Economic Framework for Assessing Foodbome Disease Control Strategies with an Application to Salmonella Control in Poultry -- III. Measurement of Consumer Response to Safety and Health Information -- 8. The Impact of Health Risk Information on Food Demand: A Case Study of Alar and Apples -- 9. Consumers’ Perceptions of Risks from Pesticide Residues and Demand for Certification of Residue-Free Produce -- 10. Consumer Reaction to the Introduction of Bovine Somatotropin -- 11. Information, Advertising, and Health Choices: A Study of the Cereal Market -- 12. Assessing the Effects of Diet/Health Awareness on the Consumption and Composition of Fat Intake -- IV. Analysis of the Supply of Food Safety -- 13. Firm Strategic Response to Food Safety and Nutrition Regulation -- 14. A Model of Firm Costs of Compliance with Food Labeling Regulations -- 15. An Economic Model of FDA’s Imported Foods Enforcement Program.
    Abstract: Public concern about the safety and healthfulness of the food supply grew markedly during the 1980s. Numerous government, academic, interest group, and media reports questioning the adequacy of the food safety regulatory system formed the basis for this increase in concern. While public concern focused most directly on pesticide residues in food, scientists emphasized the risks of illness associated with microbiological contamination of food. Much additional attention was focused on the food supply as a result of the striking consensus on dietary recommendations that emerged in the late 1980s based on increased scientific knowledge of linkages between diet and health. Relatively little research on the economic aspects of food safety and nutrition issues had been conducted up to the mid-1980s. These aspects are complex. On the consumer demand side, they include consumers' perceptions of the risks associated with particular food products, how demographic characteristics influence consumers' processing of risk information and subsequent changes in food demand behavior, and the monetary value consumers might place on changes in the risk profiles of products. The economic benefits and costs associated with current food consumption patterns are a major determinant of demand for improved food safety and dietary change through government regulation. While a more complete picture of risks, benefits, and costs has been emerging recently, much is yet unknown.
    Description / Table of Contents: I. Modeling Consumer Demand for Food Safety and Nutrition1. Consumer Demand for Food and Food Safety: Models and Applications -- 2. Modeling the Effect of Risk on Food Demand and the Implications for Regulation -- 3. A Model of the Demand and Supply of the Health Effects of Food Substances -- II. Application of Risk Assessment Methodology to Food Safety -- 4. Modeling Chronic Versus Acute Human Health Risk from Contaminants in Food -- 5. Conservatism in Risk Assessment and Food Safety Policy -- 6. Risk Assessment for Estimating the Economic Costs of Foodborne Disease Caused by Microorganisms -- 7. An Economic Framework for Assessing Foodbome Disease Control Strategies with an Application to Salmonella Control in Poultry -- III. Measurement of Consumer Response to Safety and Health Information -- 8. The Impact of Health Risk Information on Food Demand: A Case Study of Alar and Apples -- 9. Consumers’ Perceptions of Risks from Pesticide Residues and Demand for Certification of Residue-Free Produce -- 10. Consumer Reaction to the Introduction of Bovine Somatotropin -- 11. Information, Advertising, and Health Choices: A Study of the Cereal Market -- 12. Assessing the Effects of Diet/Health Awareness on the Consumption and Composition of Fat Intake -- IV. Analysis of the Supply of Food Safety -- 13. Firm Strategic Response to Food Safety and Nutrition Regulation -- 14. A Model of Firm Costs of Compliance with Food Labeling Regulations -- 15. An Economic Model of FDA’s Imported Foods Enforcement Program.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401178495
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Survey of the Existing Analysis Methods -- 1. Introduction to the Injected-Absorbed-Current Method of Analysis -- 2. Elementary Converters Operating at Constant Frequency with Duty Ratio as Controlled Quantity -- 3. General Small-Signal, Low-Frequency Analysis of Switching Regulators -- 4. State-Variables-Averaging Method -- 2. Multiple-Loop Switching Power Cells -- 5. Elementary Switching Power Cells with Inductor Current as Controlled Quantity -- 6. Multiple-Loop Switching Cells Using Inductor Voltage in a Minor Feedback Loop -- 3. Special Configurations -- 7. ?uk and SEPIC Switching Cells -- 8. Analysis of Power Cells with Duty-Ratio Control at Variable Frequency -- 9. Free-Running Hysteretic Regulator -- 4. Applications of Linear Analysis Method -- 10. Interconnection of a Power Source and a Switching Regulator -- 11. Feedforward in Switching Regulators -- 12. Parallel Operation of Switching Regulators -- 5. Selected Analytic Approaches and Applications and Future Advances in Analysis Methods -- 13. Selected Analysis Examples -- 14. High-Frequency Extension of the Linear Cell Model -- Appendixes -- Appendix 1. Additional Information for Chapter 5 -- A1-1 Derivation of Time Delay Between Control and Injected Current for Constant Off Time Current-Mode Control -- A1-2 Control-to-Output Voltage Functions of CurrentMode-Controlled Buck Converter with Three Different Control Methods -- Appendix 2. Graphical-Analytical Representation of Transfer Functions -- A2-1 Introduction -- A2-2 Transfer Functions of Passive Networks -- References -- Appendix 3. Examples and Problems -- A3-1 Introduction -- A3-2 Appendix to Chapter 2—Regulators Employing Elementary Cells, Operating at Constant Switching Frequency, and with Duty Ratio as the Controlled Quantity -- A3-3 Appendix to Chapter 14—Successive Approximations of the Cell Controlled-Quantity-to-Output-Voltage Transfer Function -- Appendix 4. Sources of Technical Information -- A4-1 Conferences -- A4-2 Periodicals -- A4-3 Compendia -- A4-4 Textbooks.
    Abstract: The most critical part of the modern switching-mode power supply is the regulated dc/dc converter. Its dynamic behavior directly determines or influences four of the important characteristics of the power supply: • Stability of the feedback loop • Rejection of input-voltage ripple and the closely-related transient re­ sponse to input-voltage perturbation • Output impedance and the closely-related transient response to load perturbation • Compatibility with the input EMI filter Due to the complexity of the operation of the converter, predicting its dynamic behavior has not been easy. Without accurate prediction, and depending only on building the circuit and tinkering with it until the operation is satisfactory, the engineering cost can easily escalate and schedules can be missed. The situation is not much better when the circuit is built in the computer, using a general-purpose circuit-simulation program such as SPICE. (At the end of this book is a form for obtaining information on a computer program especially well suited for dynamic analysis of switching-mode power converters: DYANA, an acronym for "DYnamic ANAlysis. " DYANA is based on the method given in this book. ) The main goal of this book is to help the power-supply designer in the prediction of the dynamic behavior by providing user-friendly analytical tools, concrete results of already-made analyses, tabulated for easy application by the reader, and examples of how to apply the tools provided in the book.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Survey of the Existing Analysis Methods1. Introduction to the Injected-Absorbed-Current Method of Analysis -- 2. Elementary Converters Operating at Constant Frequency with Duty Ratio as Controlled Quantity -- 3. General Small-Signal, Low-Frequency Analysis of Switching Regulators -- 4. State-Variables-Averaging Method -- 2. Multiple-Loop Switching Power Cells -- 5. Elementary Switching Power Cells with Inductor Current as Controlled Quantity -- 6. Multiple-Loop Switching Cells Using Inductor Voltage in a Minor Feedback Loop -- 3. Special Configurations -- 7. ?uk and SEPIC Switching Cells -- 8. Analysis of Power Cells with Duty-Ratio Control at Variable Frequency -- 9. Free-Running Hysteretic Regulator -- 4. Applications of Linear Analysis Method -- 10. Interconnection of a Power Source and a Switching Regulator -- 11. Feedforward in Switching Regulators -- 12. Parallel Operation of Switching Regulators -- 5. Selected Analytic Approaches and Applications and Future Advances in Analysis Methods -- 13. Selected Analysis Examples -- 14. High-Frequency Extension of the Linear Cell Model -- Appendixes -- Appendix 1. Additional Information for Chapter 5 -- A1-1 Derivation of Time Delay Between Control and Injected Current for Constant Off Time Current-Mode Control -- A1-2 Control-to-Output Voltage Functions of CurrentMode-Controlled Buck Converter with Three Different Control Methods -- Appendix 2. Graphical-Analytical Representation of Transfer Functions -- A2-1 Introduction -- A2-2 Transfer Functions of Passive Networks -- References -- Appendix 3. Examples and Problems -- A3-1 Introduction -- A3-2 Appendix to Chapter 2-Regulators Employing Elementary Cells, Operating at Constant Switching Frequency, and with Duty Ratio as the Controlled Quantity -- A3-3 Appendix to Chapter 14-Successive Approximations of the Cell Controlled-Quantity-to-Output-Voltage Transfer Function -- Appendix 4. Sources of Technical Information -- A4-1 Conferences -- A4-2 Periodicals -- A4-3 Compendia -- A4-4 Textbooks.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    ISBN: 9789401131742
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 431 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 131
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 131
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Biology Philosophy ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Science—Philosophy. ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Biology—Philosophy. ; Knowledge, Theory of.
    Abstract: One -- 1 / On the Objects of Our Subjective Knowledge -- 2 / Human Knowledge and Human Interaction -- 3 / Indeterminacy of Translation: A Non-Quinean Function of Content-Indeterminacy -- 4 / On the Impossibility of any Enterprise Concerning Self-Knowledge within Traditional Epistemology -- Two -- 5 / Methodological Essentialism in Science and in Philosophy -- 6 / Of Variance and Invariance in Science: Empirical Science as an Enterprise ComprisingNFCPSSystems -- 7 / Falsifiability and Methodological Invariance in Science -- 8 / The Methodology of Theory-Problem Interactive Systems -- 9 / The Resolving Power of a Scientific Theory as a Basis of its Epistemic Appraisal -- 10 / Epilogue -- Notes -- Index of Symbols -- Index of Names -- Index of Subjects.
    Abstract: For a philosopher with an abiding interest in the nature of objective knowledge systems in science, what could be more important than trying to think in terms of those very subjects of such knowledge to which men like Galileo, Newton, Max Planck, Einstein and others devoted their entire lifetimes? In certain respects, these systems and their structures may not be beyond the grasp of a linguistic conception of science, and scientific change, which men of science and philosophy have advocated in various forms in recent times. But certainly it is wrong-headed to think that one's conception of science can be based on an identification of its theories with languages in which they may be, my own alternatively, framed. There may be more than one place in book (1983: 87) where they may seem to get confused with each other, quite against my original intentiens. The distinction between the objec­ tive knowledge systems in science and the dynamic frameworks of the languages of the special individual sciences, in which their growth can be embedded in significant ways, assumes here, therefore, much impor­ tance. It must be recognized that the problems concerning scientific change, which these systems undergo, are not just problems concerning language change.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    ISBN: 9789401137386
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 130 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Episteme, A Series in the Foundational, Methodological, Philosophical, Psychological, Sociological, and Political Aspects of the Sciences, Pure and Applied 16
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Logic ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Science—Philosophy.
    Abstract: On Truth -- Introduction: Logical Values -- I. The Nature of Truth -- II. The Coherence Theory of Truth -- III. Judgment -- IV. Knowledge and Opinion -- V. Judgment and Time -- Appendix I: Older Draft Versions -- Introductory -- I. The Nature of Truth -- II. The Coherence Theory of Truth -- III. Judgment -- V. Judgment and Time -- Appendix II: Supplemental Material -- 1. The Nature of Proportions (1921) -- 2. “On Justifying Induction”: Paper to the Society (1922) -- 3. “The Long and Short of It” -- Name Index.
    Abstract: The present publication forms part of a projected book that F. P. Ramsey drafted but never completed. It survived among his papers and ultimately came into the possession of the University of Pittsburgh in the circumstances detailed in the Editor's Introduction. Our hope in issuing this work at this stage - some sixty years after Ramsey's premature death at the age of 26 - is both to provide yet another token of his amazing philosophical creativity, and also to make available an important datum for the still to be written history of the development of philosophical analysis. This is a book whose appearance will, we hope and expect, be appreciated both by those interested in linguistic philosophy itself and by those concerned for its historical development in the present century. EDITORS'INTRODUCTION 1. THE RAMSEY COLLECTION Frank Plump ton Ramsey (22 February 1903 -19 January 1930) was an extra­ ordinary scholarly phenomenon. Son of a distinguished mathematician and President of Magdalene College, Cambridge and brother of Arthur Michael, eventual Archbishop of Canterbury, Ramsey was closely connected with Cambridge throughout his life, ultimately becoming lecturer in Mathematics in the University. Notwithstanding his great mathematical talent, it was primarily logic and philosophy that engaged his interests, and he wrote original and important contributions to logic, semantics, epistomology, probability theory, philosophy of science, and economics, in addition to seminal work in the foundations of mathematics.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    ISBN: 9789401132602
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (V, 245 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 13
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Philosophy of law ; Ethics ; Knowledge, Theory of. ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Law—Philosophy. ; Law—History.
    Abstract: The Analogy between Logic and Dialogic of Law -- Analogy as Legal Reasoning - The Hermeneutic Foundation of the Analogical Procedure -- Milking the Meter - On Analogy, Universalizability and World Views -- The Function of Analogy in Law: Return to Kant and Wittgenstein -- Analogy in Legal Science: Some Comparative Observations -- Legal Analogy between Interpretive Arguments and Productive Arguments -- Legal Knowledge and Meaning (The Example of Legal Analogy) -- Analogical Reasoning and Legal Institutions -- Analogy in the Law.
    Abstract: 3 of law as an object that has always already been there, systematic and com­ plete. Quite the contrary. Some, indeed practically all of us, reject this sort of epistemology of law, and where the hypothesis of the coherence of the legal universe is put forward, this is in order to define it in very noticeably different terms from those traditionally used in legal scholarly accounts. If this referent, the law presented as a full discourses, runs through all of the contributions, this is because reasoning by analogy has to be found its specific place within this legal culture. It is the place to locate the problem of "lacunae" in law, which at bottom allows our various contributions to be classified. With Zaccaria and Maris, the question of lacunae is accepted as such (this is, we might say, the "traditionalist" aspect of these two articles, which is counterbalanced by - keeping to the same terminology - "modernist" emphases, sometimes Dworkinian in nature), and becomes the backdrop for considerations of purely hermeneutic type, in Zaccaria, ex­ tended in Maris to the field of ethics. The papers from Lenoble and Jackson, the former philosophical and the latter semiological, take as their main tar­ get this legal knowledge where the theory of lacunae finds its place.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401179539
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The importance of blood-sucking insects -- 1.1 The importance of blood-sucking insects -- 2 The evolution of the blood-sucking habit -- 2.1 Prolonged close association with vertebrates -- 2.2 Morphological pre-adaptation for piercing -- 3 Feeding preferences of blood-sucking insects -- 3.1 Host choice -- 3.2 Host choice and species complexes -- 4 Location of the host -- 4.1 The behavioural framework of host location -- 4.2 Appetitive searching -- 4.3 Activation and orientation -- 4.4 Attraction -- 4.5 Movement between hosts -- 5 Ingestion of the blood meal -- 5.1 Vertebrate haemostasis -- 5.2 Insect anti-haemostatic factors -- 5.3 Probing stimulants -- 5.4 Phagostimulants -- 5.5 Mouthparts -- 5.6 Blood intake -- 6 Managing the blood meal -- 6.1 Midgut anatomy -- 6.2 The blood meal -- 6.3 Gonotrophic concordance -- 6.4 Nutrition -- 6.5 Host hormones in the blood meal -- 6.6 Partitioning of resources from the blood meal -- 6.7 Autogeny -- 7 Host—insect interactions -- 7.1 Insect distribution on the surface of the host -- 7.2 Morphological specializations for life on the host -- 7.3 Host immune responses to insect salivary secretions -- 7.4 Behavioural defences of the host -- 7.5 Density-dependent effects on feeding success -- 8 Transmission of parasites by blood-sucking insects -- 8.1 Transmission routes -- 8.2 Specificity in vector—parasite relationships -- 8.3 Origin of vector—parasite relationships -- 8.4 Parasite strategies for contacting a vector -- 8.5 Parasite strategies for contacting a host -- 8.6 Vector pathology caused by parasites -- 8.7 Insect defence mechanisms -- 9 The blood-sucking insect groups -- 9.1 Insect classification -- 9.2 Phthiraptera -- 9.3 Hemiptera -- 9.4 Siphonaptera -- 9.5 Diptera -- 9.6 Other groups -- References.
    Abstract: Blood-sucking insects are the vectors of many of the most debilitating parasites of man and his domesticated animals. In addition they are of considerable direct cost to the agricultural industry through losses in milk and meat yields, and through damage to hides and wool, etc. So, not surprisingly, many books of medical and veterinary entomology have been written. Most of these texts are organized taxonomically giving the details of the life-cycles, bionomics, relationship to disease and economic importance of each of the insect groups in turn. I have taken a different approach. This book is topic led and aims to discuss the biological themes which are common in the lives of blood-sucking insects. To do this I have concentrated on those aspects of the biology of these fascinating insects which have been clearly modified in some way to suit the blood-sucking habit. For example, I have discussed feeding and digestion in some detail because feeding on blood presents insects with special problems, but I have not discussed respiration because it is not affected in any particular way by haematophagy. Naturally there is a subjective element in the choice of topics for discussion and the weight given to each. I hope that I have not let my enthusiasm for particular subjects get the better of me on too many occasions and that the subject material achieves an overall balance.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The importance of blood-sucking insects1.1 The importance of blood-sucking insects -- 2 The evolution of the blood-sucking habit -- 2.1 Prolonged close association with vertebrates -- 2.2 Morphological pre-adaptation for piercing -- 3 Feeding preferences of blood-sucking insects -- 3.1 Host choice -- 3.2 Host choice and species complexes -- 4 Location of the host -- 4.1 The behavioural framework of host location -- 4.2 Appetitive searching -- 4.3 Activation and orientation -- 4.4 Attraction -- 4.5 Movement between hosts -- 5 Ingestion of the blood meal -- 5.1 Vertebrate haemostasis -- 5.2 Insect anti-haemostatic factors -- 5.3 Probing stimulants -- 5.4 Phagostimulants -- 5.5 Mouthparts -- 5.6 Blood intake -- 6 Managing the blood meal -- 6.1 Midgut anatomy -- 6.2 The blood meal -- 6.3 Gonotrophic concordance -- 6.4 Nutrition -- 6.5 Host hormones in the blood meal -- 6.6 Partitioning of resources from the blood meal -- 6.7 Autogeny -- 7 Host-insect interactions -- 7.1 Insect distribution on the surface of the host -- 7.2 Morphological specializations for life on the host -- 7.3 Host immune responses to insect salivary secretions -- 7.4 Behavioural defences of the host -- 7.5 Density-dependent effects on feeding success -- 8 Transmission of parasites by blood-sucking insects -- 8.1 Transmission routes -- 8.2 Specificity in vector-parasite relationships -- 8.3 Origin of vector-parasite relationships -- 8.4 Parasite strategies for contacting a vector -- 8.5 Parasite strategies for contacting a host -- 8.6 Vector pathology caused by parasites -- 8.7 Insect defence mechanisms -- 9 The blood-sucking insect groups -- 9.1 Insect classification -- 9.2 Phthiraptera -- 9.3 Hemiptera -- 9.4 Siphonaptera -- 9.5 Diptera -- 9.6 Other groups -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401132343
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 199 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy 46
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Semantics ; Philosophy, modern ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Semiotics.
    Abstract: 2: The Problem of Sentential Unity -- 2.1 The Asymmetry Thesis -- 2.2 The Related Designation Theory -- 2.3 The Two Views Compared -- 3: The Sense-Reference Distinction -- 3.1 The Sense-Reference Distinction -- 3.2 The Sense-Reference Distinction In Pr?bh?kara -- 3.3 The Sense-Reference Distinction In Buddhist Philosophy Of Language -- 3.4 Related Designation And apoha Semantics -- 4: Talk About the Non-Existent -- 4.1 Are Absences Perceived Or Inferred? -- 4.2 Conceptual Constructions -- 4.3 Affirmation, Denial, And Reference -- 4.4 Talking About The Non-Existent -- 4.5 Objections And Replies -- 4.6 The Alternatives -- References.
    Abstract: What can the philosophy of language learn from the classical Indian philosophical tradition? As recently as twenty or thirty years ago this question simply would not have arisen. If a practitioner of analytic philosophy of language of that time had any view of Indian philosophy at all, it was most likely to be the stereotyped picture of a gaggle of navel­ gazing mystics making vaguely Bradley-esque pronouncements on the oneness of the one that was one once. Much work has been done in the intervening years to overthrow that stereotype. Thanks to the efforts of such scholars as J. N. Mohanty, B. K. Matilal, and Karl Potter, philoso­ phers working in the analytic tradition have begun to discover something of the range and the rigor of classical Indian work in epistemolgy and metaphysics. Thus for instance, at least some recent discussions of personal identity reflect an awareness that the Indian Buddhist tradition might prove an important source of insights into the ramifications of a reductionist approach to personal identity. In philosophy of language, though, things have not improved all that much. While the old stereotype may no longer prevail among its practitioners, I suspect that they would not view classical Indian philoso­ phy as an important source of insights into issues in their field. Nor are they to be faulted for this.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401138581
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Reliability -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 What is Reliability? Why Want Reliability? Principles of Achieving Reliability -- 1.3 Quantifying Reliability -- 1.4 The Methods of Systems Reliability Synthesis -- 1.5 Need for Reliability Data -- 2 Principles of Reliability Data Bases -- 2.1 Purposes -- 2.2 Construction -- 2.3 Data Acquisition -- 2.4 Physical Implementation -- 2.5 Development and Operation -- 3 Analysis Methodologies -- 3.1 Restrictions Owing to Data Base Assumptions -- 3.2 Constant Fault-Rate or Failure-Rate Methods -- 3.3 Non-Constant Fault-Rate Methods; The Weibull Distribution -- 3.4 More General Data Structures -- 4 Some Achievements Due to the Development of Data Banks -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The Nuclear Industry -- 4.3 Aircraft Industry -- 4.4 Electronics Industry -- 4.5 Chemical Industry -- 4.6 Data -- 4.7 Computational Considerations -- 4.8 Data Needs or Requirements -- 4.9 Other Factors Worthy of Consideration -- 4.10 Staffing -- 5 Facts: Most Comprehensive Information System For Industrial Safety -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The TNO Organization -- 5.3 Looking Back on the Start of FACTS -- 5.4 Information Handling -- 5.5 Cause Classification -- 5.6 Data Base Structure -- 5.7 Storage of Original Documents -- 5.8 Applications and the Use of FACTS -- 5.9 New Advances in FACTS -- 5.10 Latest Developments -- 5.11 PC-FACTS -- 6 Reliability Data Collection In Process Plants -- 6.1 General Remarks -- 6.2 Data Collection -- 6.3 Data Treatment and Examples -- 6.4 Uncertainty, Applicability and Caution -- 7 The Centralized Reliability Data Organization (Credo); an Advanced Nuclear Reactor Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Data Bank and Data Analysis Center -- 7.1 The Basis for CREDO -- 7.2 CREDO—An Historical Perspective -- 7.3 Data Initially Identified for Inclusion -- 7.4 CREDO Component Description and Classification -- 7.5 Design of Data Input -- 7.6 CREDO’S Data Base Management System -- 7.7 Statistical Data Analysis and Processing -- 7.8 CREDO Development Experience -- 7.9 Achievements and Future Directions of CREDO -- 8 The Fabrication Reliability Data Analysis System Dante-QC1 -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Concept of the DANTE Code System -- 8.3 Data Base Configuration -- 8.4 Processing Function -- 8.5 Application of DANTE for PIE Data Analysis -- 8.6 Future Directions -- 9 Reliability Data Banks at Electricite De France (EDF) -- 9.1 The Origins -- 9.2 History and Objectives of the EDF Data Banks -- 9.3 SRDF -- 9.4 Conclusion -- 10 IAEA’s Experience In Compiling A Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 IAEA’s Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.3 Problem Areas Connected with Generic Data Bases -- 10.4 Conclusion -- Appendix: Data Sources Included in the Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 11 The European Reliability Data System—Erds: Status And Future Developments -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 General Description of ERDS -- 11.3 The Component Event Data Bank (CEDB) -- 12 Development of A Large Data Bank -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The Data Bank System -- 12.3 Student Collection Scheme -- 12.4 The Item Inventory -- 12.5 Coded Storage -- 12.6 Output Data -- 12.7 Generic Reliability Data Output Enquiry and Reply Service -- 12.8 Reliability Improvements -- 13 Reliability Data Banks—Friend, Foe or A Waste of Time? -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 The Personalities -- 13.3 The DataBase Design -- 13.4 The Component Inventory Data -- 13.5 The Component History Data -- 13.6 Dependent Failures -- 13.7 Data Analysis -- 13.8 Pooled Reliability Data -- 13.9 The Successes -- 13.10 Conclusions -- 14 Developments -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Changes in Data Handling -- 14.3 Data Base Software -- 14.4 Methodology and Technology Led Changes -- 14.5 New Data Bases -- 14.6 R & M 2000 -- 14.7 Changes in Attitude -- 15 Overview; Into the Future -- 15.1 Forty Years of Always Being Wrong and Always Being Right -- 15.2 The Next Forty Years -- 15.3 Using External Data Sources and Making Up Data -- 15.4 Justifying a Reliability Data Base.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Reliability1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 What is Reliability? Why Want Reliability? Principles of Achieving Reliability -- 1.3 Quantifying Reliability -- 1.4 The Methods of Systems Reliability Synthesis -- 1.5 Need for Reliability Data -- 2 Principles of Reliability Data Bases -- 2.1 Purposes -- 2.2 Construction -- 2.3 Data Acquisition -- 2.4 Physical Implementation -- 2.5 Development and Operation -- 3 Analysis Methodologies -- 3.1 Restrictions Owing to Data Base Assumptions -- 3.2 Constant Fault-Rate or Failure-Rate Methods -- 3.3 Non-Constant Fault-Rate Methods; The Weibull Distribution -- 3.4 More General Data Structures -- 4 Some Achievements Due to the Development of Data Banks -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The Nuclear Industry -- 4.3 Aircraft Industry -- 4.4 Electronics Industry -- 4.5 Chemical Industry -- 4.6 Data -- 4.7 Computational Considerations -- 4.8 Data Needs or Requirements -- 4.9 Other Factors Worthy of Consideration -- 4.10 Staffing -- 5 Facts: Most Comprehensive Information System For Industrial Safety -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The TNO Organization -- 5.3 Looking Back on the Start of FACTS -- 5.4 Information Handling -- 5.5 Cause Classification -- 5.6 Data Base Structure -- 5.7 Storage of Original Documents -- 5.8 Applications and the Use of FACTS -- 5.9 New Advances in FACTS -- 5.10 Latest Developments -- 5.11 PC-FACTS -- 6 Reliability Data Collection In Process Plants -- 6.1 General Remarks -- 6.2 Data Collection -- 6.3 Data Treatment and Examples -- 6.4 Uncertainty, Applicability and Caution -- 7 The Centralized Reliability Data Organization (Credo); an Advanced Nuclear Reactor Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Data Bank and Data Analysis Center -- 7.1 The Basis for CREDO -- 7.2 CREDO-An Historical Perspective -- 7.3 Data Initially Identified for Inclusion -- 7.4 CREDO Component Description and Classification -- 7.5 Design of Data Input -- 7.6 CREDO’S Data Base Management System -- 7.7 Statistical Data Analysis and Processing -- 7.8 CREDO Development Experience -- 7.9 Achievements and Future Directions of CREDO -- 8 The Fabrication Reliability Data Analysis System Dante-QC1 -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Concept of the DANTE Code System -- 8.3 Data Base Configuration -- 8.4 Processing Function -- 8.5 Application of DANTE for PIE Data Analysis -- 8.6 Future Directions -- 9 Reliability Data Banks at Electricite De France (EDF) -- 9.1 The Origins -- 9.2 History and Objectives of the EDF Data Banks -- 9.3 SRDF -- 9.4 Conclusion -- 10 IAEA’s Experience In Compiling A Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 IAEA’s Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.3 Problem Areas Connected with Generic Data Bases -- 10.4 Conclusion -- Appendix: Data Sources Included in the Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 11 The European Reliability Data System-Erds: Status And Future Developments -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 General Description of ERDS -- 11.3 The Component Event Data Bank (CEDB) -- 12 Development of A Large Data Bank -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The Data Bank System -- 12.3 Student Collection Scheme -- 12.4 The Item Inventory -- 12.5 Coded Storage -- 12.6 Output Data -- 12.7 Generic Reliability Data Output Enquiry and Reply Service -- 12.8 Reliability Improvements -- 13 Reliability Data Banks-Friend, Foe or A Waste of Time? -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 The Personalities -- 13.3 The DataBase Design -- 13.4 The Component Inventory Data -- 13.5 The Component History Data -- 13.6 Dependent Failures -- 13.7 Data Analysis -- 13.8 Pooled Reliability Data -- 13.9 The Successes -- 13.10 Conclusions -- 14 Developments -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Changes in Data Handling -- 14.3 Data Base Software -- 14.4 Methodology and Technology Led Changes -- 14.5 New Data Bases -- 14.6 R & M 2000 -- 14.7 Changes in Attitude -- 15 Overview; Into the Future -- 15.1 Forty Years of Always Being Wrong and Always Being Right -- 15.2 The Next Forty Years -- 15.3 Using External Data Sources and Making Up Data -- 15.4 Justifying a Reliability Data Base.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401138185
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xvi, 678 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Linguistics ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Anthropological linguistics. ; Artificial intelligence. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Bridging Interdisciplinary Boundaries: The Case of Kin Terms -- Dracula Conditionals and Discourse -- Grammar and Memory -- The English Stress Cycle and Interlexical Relations -- Sentential Subjects and Proper Government in Chamorro -- The Logic and Functions of the English Past and Perfect -- The Autonomy of the (Syntactic) Lexicon and Syntax: Insertion Conditions for Derivational and Inflectional Morphemes -- Conditions on Propagation of Binding Scope -- Roles and Values: The Case of French Copula Constructions -- Remarks on Phrasing and Prosodic Attachment -- On Psych Predicates -- Wanna-Contraction as Restructuring -- On Suppletion, Selection, and Agreement -- Affirmative Polarity Items and Negation in Japanese -- KARE -- Modularity and Chinese A-not-A Questions -- Pied Piping and Logical Form -- Cleft Sentences and the Territory of Information -- Against Pied Piping in LF -- Binding Properties of French EN -- Remarks on Adverbial Constituent Structure -- The Logic of kara and node in Japanese -- MA -- Verbiness and the Size of Niches in the English Auxiliary -- Extraposition and Parasitic Gaps -- Infinity Is in the Eye of the Beholder -- On One’s Own: The Semantics and Pragmatics of Reflexives -- Syntax and Downstep in Japanese -- Sentences in Texts: A Valediction for Sentence Topic -- The Cross-Linguistic Distribution of Adjective Ordering Restrictions -- Edges, Surfaces and Boundaries -- Argument Positions and Configurationality -- References -- Index of Names -- Index of Subjects.
    Abstract: The thirty-two papers in this collection are offered to Professor S.-Y. Kuroda by his friends, as a ge sture of their deep respect and enduring affection. One of the many ways in which Professor Kuroda has impressed us all is in the breadth of his interests and areas of expertise. He is one of those rare scholars whose work and interests span the whole range of his discipline. He is a figure of such intellectual stature that he has inspired, influenced, and encouraged researchers in an astonishing variety of projects. He continues to do so at an unslackened pace today, just as his own productivity remains vigorous. But mention of Yuki's inspiration and influence is inadequate without mention of his special humorousness, his mischievous wit, his charm and as a friend, has added a unique warmth. Knowing Yuki, and counting him quality to our lives. We who have contributed to this collection have done so in partial acknowledgement of, and gratitude for, this benign and masterful influence. The contributions to the collection reflect the range of Yuki's own interests, and cover a rich variety of approaches to the analysis of natural language. These include papers in philosophy, psychology, computer sciencel artificial intelligence, and linguistics, and, within linguistics, the entire breadth of the field: phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, pragmatics, and computation. Though diverse in their themes, language areas, and foci, the papers are bound by their authors' common bond to Yuki.
    Description / Table of Contents: Bridging Interdisciplinary Boundaries: The Case of Kin TermsDracula Conditionals and Discourse -- Grammar and Memory -- The English Stress Cycle and Interlexical Relations -- Sentential Subjects and Proper Government in Chamorro -- The Logic and Functions of the English Past and Perfect -- The Autonomy of the (Syntactic) Lexicon and Syntax: Insertion Conditions for Derivational and Inflectional Morphemes -- Conditions on Propagation of Binding Scope -- Roles and Values: The Case of French Copula Constructions -- Remarks on Phrasing and Prosodic Attachment -- On Psych Predicates -- Wanna-Contraction as Restructuring -- On Suppletion, Selection, and Agreement -- Affirmative Polarity Items and Negation in Japanese -- KARE -- Modularity and Chinese A-not-A Questions -- Pied Piping and Logical Form -- Cleft Sentences and the Territory of Information -- Against Pied Piping in LF -- Binding Properties of French EN -- Remarks on Adverbial Constituent Structure -- The Logic of kara and node in Japanese -- MA -- Verbiness and the Size of Niches in the English Auxiliary -- Extraposition and Parasitic Gaps -- Infinity Is in the Eye of the Beholder -- On One’s Own: The Semantics and Pragmatics of Reflexives -- Syntax and Downstep in Japanese -- Sentences in Texts: A Valediction for Sentence Topic -- The Cross-Linguistic Distribution of Adjective Ordering Restrictions -- Edges, Surfaces and Boundaries -- Argument Positions and Configurationality -- References -- Index of Names -- Index of Subjects.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    ISBN: 9789401134941
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 202 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Reason and Argument 4
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Logic ; Philosophy. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: I—Puzzles Problems and Paradoxes -- One Conceptions of Vagueness -- 2 Linguistic Behaviour -- 3 Approaches to Vagueness -- II—The Sorites Paradox -- 4 The Paradox -- 5 Responses to the Paradox -- 6 A Solution to the Paradox -- 7 Further Problems and Puzzles -- 8 Vagueness and Perception -- 9 Conclusions.
    Abstract: This work is in two parts. It began as a general investigation of vagueness in natural languages. The Sorites Paradox came to dominate the work however, and the second part of the book consists in an discussion ofthat puzzle and related problems. The first part contains a general discussion ofthe nature ofvagueness and its sources. I discuss various conceptions of vagueness in chapter 1 and outline some of the problems to do with the conception of vagueness as a linguistic phenomenon. The most interesting of these is the Sorites paradox, which occurs where natural languages exhibit a particular variety of borderline case vagueness. I discuss some sources of vagueness of the borderline case variety, and views of the relation between linguistic behaviour and languages which are vague in this sense. I argue in chapter 2 that these problems are not to be easily avoided by statistical averaging techniques or attempts to provide a mathematical model of consensus in linguistic usage. I also consider in chapter 3 various approaches to the problem of providing an adequate logic and semantics for vague natural languages, and argue against two currently popular approaches to vagueness. These are supervaluation accounts which attempt to provide precise semantic models for vague languages based on the notion of specification spaces, and attempts to replace the laws ofclassical logic with systems offuzzy logic.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401131384
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 224 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Maintenance policies -- 2 Organization of maintenance operations -- 3 Behaviour of physical equipment in service -- 4 Management of maintenance operations -- 5 Mathematics for maintenance: basic concepts and tools -- 6 Applications: case studies -- Exercises -- Annexe -- Maintenance software suppliers.
    Abstract: As the developments in engineering production techniques have resulted in an increasing dependence on automation, the increasing complexity of these systems has made the reliability of the machines a matter of great importance. An unexpected breakdown can be a very expensive experience for the company. Further, in the aerospace industry, problems of reliability, maintainability and availability are critical. For a long time industrial research and training centres have been interested primarily in the problems of design, manufacture and production; recently, however, there has been a growing interest in the study of maintenance and reliability. The concept of maintainability, for example, first appeared in 1954 in the US army. Since then a variety of techniques and methodologies have been developed and implemented to meet the challenge of the new needs. The aim of this book is to present these methods and investigate their effectiveness, and in so doing to help practising engineers gain a better understanding of the problems. The many examples and applications given here should make it a valuable teaching aid to students taking courses in engineering maintenance. This second edition has been revised and enlarged to take account of the most recent developments and illustrate their application to the solution of problems. It should also help to orient the reader to the modern concept of computer-aided maintenance. Introduction A maintenance service exists to keep equipment in running order and also to reduce the number of breakdowns.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Maintenance policies2 Organization of maintenance operations -- 3 Behaviour of physical equipment in service -- 4 Management of maintenance operations -- 5 Mathematics for maintenance: basic concepts and tools -- 6 Applications: case studies -- Exercises -- Annexe -- Maintenance software suppliers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401131308
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to the electronics industry -- 1.1 A history of the electronics industry -- 1.2 The electronics market -- 1.3 Electronics manufacturing company structure -- 1.4 Test engineering and quality assurance -- 2 Electronic components -- 2.1 Component interconnection methods -- 2.2 Electronic components -- 2.3 Component packaging -- 2.4 Cabling -- 2.5 Component quality assurance -- 3 Electronic design -- 3.1 Quality and reliability assessment -- 3.2 The product design process -- 3.3 Circuit design -- 3.4 Integrated circuit design -- 3.5 Circuit layout -- 4 Semiconductor device manufacture -- 4.1 Semiconductor materials -- 4.2 Clean room requirements -- 4.3 Silicon wafer manufacture -- 4.4 Photolithography -- 4.5 Layer fabrication processes -- 4.6 Bipolar junction transistor fabrication -- 4.7 Field effect transistor fabrication -- 4.8 Integrated circuit packaging and testing -- 5 Printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.1 Printed circuit board types -- 5.2 Printed circuit board substrate materials -- 5.3 Printed circuit board substrate manufacture -- 5.4 Printed circuit board fabrication procedures -- 5.5 Single-sided printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.6 Double-sided printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.7 Multilayer printed circuit board manufacture -- 6 Printed circuit board assembly -- 6.1 Hand assembly -- 6.2 Automatic component insertion -- 6.3 Assembly-related faults -- 6.4 Soldering techniques -- 6.5 Solder joint inspection and common soldering faults -- 6.6 Cleaning -- 6.7 Testing and reworking -- 7 Surface mount component assembly -- 7.1 Advantages of surface mount components -- 7.2 Surface mount component assembly -- 7.3 Adhesive application -- 7.4 Solder paste application -- 7.5 Component onsertion -- 7.6 Soldering techniques -- 7.7 Mixing surface mount with leaded components -- 7.8 Soldering quality -- 7.9 Testing -- 7.10 Reworking -- 8 Alternative technologies -- 8.1 Hybrid technology -- 8.2 Tape automated bonding -- 8.3 Silicon on silicon wafer-scale integration -- 8.4 Application-specific integrated circuits -- 8.5 Flexible circuits -- References -- Further reading.
    Abstract: The sequence of events which led to the writing of this book started at a seminar on Manufacturing Technology in the Electronics Industry given by the Institution of Production Engineers in 1987. The seminar identified that the field of manufacturing engineering for the electronics industry was effectively missing from the vast majority of production engineering degree courses. The reason for this was that production engineering departments typically spring from mechanical engineering departments. This leads to a mechanical bias in the practical aspects of such courses. The consequence of this was that electronics companies could not recruit graduates with both relevant production engineering and electronic engineering backgrounds. This necessitated either recruiting production engineering graduates and giving them the necessary electronic engineering training, or giving production engineering training to electronic engineering graduates. A consequence of the lack of courses in a subject is that there is also a lack of relevant textbooks in the area, as most textbooks are intended to tie into courses. In the field of manufacturing technology for the electronics industry, existing textbooks tend to be highly specialized and mainly concerned with the fabrication of semiconductor devices.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to the electronics industry1.1 A history of the electronics industry -- 1.2 The electronics market -- 1.3 Electronics manufacturing company structure -- 1.4 Test engineering and quality assurance -- 2 Electronic components -- 2.1 Component interconnection methods -- 2.2 Electronic components -- 2.3 Component packaging -- 2.4 Cabling -- 2.5 Component quality assurance -- 3 Electronic design -- 3.1 Quality and reliability assessment -- 3.2 The product design process -- 3.3 Circuit design -- 3.4 Integrated circuit design -- 3.5 Circuit layout -- 4 Semiconductor device manufacture -- 4.1 Semiconductor materials -- 4.2 Clean room requirements -- 4.3 Silicon wafer manufacture -- 4.4 Photolithography -- 4.5 Layer fabrication processes -- 4.6 Bipolar junction transistor fabrication -- 4.7 Field effect transistor fabrication -- 4.8 Integrated circuit packaging and testing -- 5 Printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.1 Printed circuit board types -- 5.2 Printed circuit board substrate materials -- 5.3 Printed circuit board substrate manufacture -- 5.4 Printed circuit board fabrication procedures -- 5.5 Single-sided printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.6 Double-sided printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.7 Multilayer printed circuit board manufacture -- 6 Printed circuit board assembly -- 6.1 Hand assembly -- 6.2 Automatic component insertion -- 6.3 Assembly-related faults -- 6.4 Soldering techniques -- 6.5 Solder joint inspection and common soldering faults -- 6.6 Cleaning -- 6.7 Testing and reworking -- 7 Surface mount component assembly -- 7.1 Advantages of surface mount components -- 7.2 Surface mount component assembly -- 7.3 Adhesive application -- 7.4 Solder paste application -- 7.5 Component onsertion -- 7.6 Soldering techniques -- 7.7 Mixing surface mount with leaded components -- 7.8 Soldering quality -- 7.9 Testing -- 7.10 Reworking -- 8 Alternative technologies -- 8.1 Hybrid technology -- 8.2 Tape automated bonding -- 8.3 Silicon on silicon wafer-scale integration -- 8.4 Application-specific integrated circuits -- 8.5 Flexible circuits -- References -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401137003
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 473 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- Unit 1 Citrus Juice Characteristics -- 2 Brix and Soluble Solids -- 3 Acids in Citrus Juices -- 4 The Brix/Acid Ratio -- 5 Testing of Fruit Samples -- 6 Citrus Oils, Aromas, and Essences -- 7 Citrus Juice Pulp -- 8 Juice Cloud -- 9 Color of Citrus Juices -- 10 Bitterness in Citrus Juices -- 11 Nutritional Content of Citrus Juices -- 12 Citrus Rheology -- 13 Citrus Processing Varieties -- Unit 2 Citrus Juice Sanitation -- 14 Inspections -- 15 Citrus Microbiology -- 16 Insects, Rodents, and Birds -- 17 Physical and Chemical Contamination -- 18 Processing Contamination -- 19 Juice Adulteration -- Unit 3 Citrus Juice By-Products -- 20 Food-Grade Nonjuice Products -- 21 Animal Feed and Fuel By-Products -- 22 Wastes from Citrus Plants -- Unit 4 Citrus Juice Management -- 23 Quality Control Statistics -- 24 Quality Control Management -- 25 Inventory Management -- Appendix A Acid Corrections to the Brix -- Appendix B GWBASIC and RPG Programs -- Appendix C HP-41C Programmable Calculator Programs -- Appendix D Answers to Select Questions and Problems.
    Abstract: Citrus juices constitute the majority of the fruit juices consumed in the United States and around the world. Along with the rest of the fruit juice industry, they playa major role in the entire food industry as well. In spite of this prominence, few texts have been written on quality control technology; and most of the texts have been written by researchers who may possess great technical skill but generally are less familiar with daily routine quality control problems and con­ cerns than quality control technologists are. On the other hand, quality control technologists and managers generally do not have the time and/or the talent to write books or communicate through scientific literature. The author recognized the need for an updated, comprehensive, and easily understood text on citrus quality control. This text has been designed to be used not only by processors, bottlers, canners, and others involved in the citrus in­ dustry, but it can be of value to instructors and students of citrus technology. Researchers also can find value in the foundations laid down by the text, es­ pecially in regard to the needs and concerns of the processing industry. Also, consultants and marketing personnel will be greatly helped by understanding the concepts of this volume. Persons in related industries also will find many applications that can be easily adapted to their needs.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionUnit 1 Citrus Juice Characteristics -- 2 Brix and Soluble Solids -- 3 Acids in Citrus Juices -- 4 The Brix/Acid Ratio -- 5 Testing of Fruit Samples -- 6 Citrus Oils, Aromas, and Essences -- 7 Citrus Juice Pulp -- 8 Juice Cloud -- 9 Color of Citrus Juices -- 10 Bitterness in Citrus Juices -- 11 Nutritional Content of Citrus Juices -- 12 Citrus Rheology -- 13 Citrus Processing Varieties -- Unit 2 Citrus Juice Sanitation -- 14 Inspections -- 15 Citrus Microbiology -- 16 Insects, Rodents, and Birds -- 17 Physical and Chemical Contamination -- 18 Processing Contamination -- 19 Juice Adulteration -- Unit 3 Citrus Juice By-Products -- 20 Food-Grade Nonjuice Products -- 21 Animal Feed and Fuel By-Products -- 22 Wastes from Citrus Plants -- Unit 4 Citrus Juice Management -- 23 Quality Control Statistics -- 24 Quality Control Management -- 25 Inventory Management -- Appendix A Acid Corrections to the Brix -- Appendix B GWBASIC and RPG Programs -- Appendix C HP-41C Programmable Calculator Programs -- Appendix D Answers to Select Questions and Problems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401131063
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (x, 266 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Botany -- 2 The cultivated hop -- 3 Production methods -- 4 Harvesting -- 5 Pests and diseases: historical review -- 6 Pests -- 7 Fungal diseases -- 8 Virus diseases -- 9 Varieties and breeding -- 10 The hop trade -- References.
    Abstract: It is 25 years since Dr Burgess wrote his invaluable book on hops and in the intervening period there have been very many advances in hop research and hop production techniques. When invited to produce a replacement for that book, therefore, the problem was not finding enough new material but deciding on what to include. People interested in reading about the hop are likely to fall into very diverse categories. Hop growers will be looking for practical advice on production methods while research workers with specialist knowledge in one field may want detailed information about research in other disciplines. In addition, there are many people for whom hops are of much more general interest and for them a source of basic information about the crop will be required. The aim has not been to produce a detailed growers' handbook, since techniques vary considerably from district to district and I believe that it is better to obtain advice from neighbouring growers or from specialist advisers than from any book. What I have attempted is to outline the basic principles upon which production methods should be based. At the same time, I have tried to include material that will be of general interest both to those who work with hops and to those to whom they might otherwise remain a complete mystery. In doing this my own personal interests have inevitably played an important part.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Botany2 The cultivated hop -- 3 Production methods -- 4 Harvesting -- 5 Pests and diseases: historical review -- 6 Pests -- 7 Fungal diseases -- 8 Virus diseases -- 9 Varieties and breeding -- 10 The hop trade -- References.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401131223
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xi, 197 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Getting started -- 2 Passive circuits -- 3 Introducing active devices -- 4 File and analysis features -- 5 Output options -- 6 Multivalued resistors -- 7 Circuit waveforms and frequency response: Nyquist plot -- 8 Linear circuits: square waves and step functions -- 9 Non-linear circuits and waveform shaping -- Appendix A Control codes -- Appendix B HSpice Discrete Components library -- Appendix C Answers.
    Abstract: After many years of teaching circuit theory and analogue electronic circuits the author believes that for most students the main path to obtaining a good understanding of the principles involved, as measured by their ability to apply them in a correct and intelligent manner, is through problem solving and design exercises. In an ideal world the student would be able to construct the circuit being analysed or designed, and so directly test the calculated or pre­ dicted results. Indeed, experience leads to the conclusion that typical students like to see their own circuits perform as intended, with a con­ sequent increase in motivation. At present, however, time and facility constraints mean that most of this work is of the pencil and paper variety, students having few opportunities to see the consequences of their efforts in a practical situation. At best they have to accept sample solutions or simply num­ erical answers. This path can seem tedious to all but the most motivated of students, so an alternative which can provide many of the benefits of direct circuit testing within the time and resources available is of im­ mediate interest. This is where the MINNIE and HSpice simulation package can assist the undergraduate teaching activity.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Getting started2 Passive circuits -- 3 Introducing active devices -- 4 File and analysis features -- 5 Output options -- 6 Multivalued resistors -- 7 Circuit waveforms and frequency response: Nyquist plot -- 8 Linear circuits: square waves and step functions -- 9 Non-linear circuits and waveform shaping -- Appendix A Control codes -- Appendix B HSpice Discrete Components library -- Appendix C Answers.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401131025
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xxiii, 554 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Life-history Strategies -- 1 The life strategies of mites -- 2 Life-history evolution of spider mites -- 3 Life-cycle strategies in unpredictably varying environments: genetic adaptations in a colonizing mite -- 4 The evolutionary transformation of osmotic regulation in the life cycle of freshwater mites (Hydrachnidia) -- 5 Development and life-history strategies in mussel mites (Hydrachnellae: Unionicolidae) -- Two Reproduction -- 6 Spermatology in the Acari: systematic and functional implications -- 7 The distribution, mechanisms and evolutionary significance of parthenogenesis in oribatid mites -- 8 Indirect sperm transfer in prostigmatic mites from a phylogenetic viewpoint -- 9 Spermatophore deposition in relation to atmospheric humidity among terrestrial Parasitengonae (Prostigmata) -- 10 The role of Adlerocystis sp. in the reproduction of argasid ticks -- 11 A scanning electron-microscopy study of spermatogenesis in Pergamasus barbarus Berl. (Gamasida -- 12 Precise sex-ratio control in the pseudo-arrhenotokous phytoseiid mite, Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt -- 13 Sex ratio, fitness and capacity for population increase in Pyemotes tritici (L.-F. and M.) (Pyemotidae) -- 14 Preliminary observations of ovoviviparity in the gallforming mite, Aceria caulobius (Nal.) (Eriophyidea: Eriophyidae) -- 15 Laboratory observations on duration of copulation and egg production of three phytoseiid species fed on pollen -- 16 Precopulatory mate guarding in the spider mite, Tetranychus cinnabarinus (Boisd.) (Tetranychidae) -- Three Diapause, Development and Trophic Relations -- 17 Physiological aspects of diapause in plant-inhabiting mites -- 18 Repeated induction and termination of diapause in the predacious mite, Amblyseius potentillae (Garman) (Phytoseiidae) -- 19 Inheritance of photoperiodic responses controlling diapause in the two-spotted spider mite, Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 20 Some observations on diapause in winter eggs of Panonychus ulmi (Koch) (Tetranychidae) -- 21 Reproduction, embryonic and postembryonic development of Trichouropoda obscurasimilis Hirschmann and Zirngiebl-Nicol 1961 (Anactinotrichida: Uropodina) -- 22 Resource allocation and utilization contrasts in Hypoaspis aculeifer (Can.) and Alliphis halleri (G. and R. Can.) (Mesostigmata) with emphasis on food source -- 23 The influence of different host plants on the reproductive potential of Tyrophagus putrescentiae (Schrank) and Tyrophagus neiswanderi Johnston and Bruce (Acaridae) -- 24 The relationship between house-dust mites and fungi -- 25 How plants maintain body-guards: plant exudate as a food source for phytoseiid mites -- Four Systematic, Morphology, Physiology and Behaviour -- 26 Distribution of characters and phylogenetic age — systematic problems in the higher taxa of the Oribatida -- 27 A new approach to the systematics of the genus Steganacarus (Oribatida) -- 28 The morphology of the immature stages of Phthiracaroidea (Oribatida) -- 29 A new interpretation of the epimeral theory of Grandjean -- 30 A comparison of the sclerotized parts of the reproductive organs of house-dust mites of the genus Dermatophagoides using scanning electron microscopy -- 31 Reproductive systems in Acaridida — some peculiar features -- 32 A respiratory apparatus in eggs of certain mites -- 33 Fine structure and functions of the mouthparts involved in the feeding mechanisms in Cenopalpus pulcher (Canestrini and Fanzago) (Tetranychoidea: Tenuipalpidae) -- 34 The alveolar salivary glands of the active phases of trombiculid mites (Trombiculidae) -- 35 Pigmentation in water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 36 Biomass studies of water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 37 The saltatory capacity of an oribatid mite -- 38 Thanatosis or feigning death in mites of the family Scutacaridae -- Five Field Studies and Applied Aspects -- 39 The effects of spider-mite feeding on plant performance in relation to biological control -- 40 Dispersion indices and constant precision sampling programmes for Panonychus ulmi (Koch) and Amblyseius andersoni (Chant) in Spanish apple orchards -- 41 Herbicides and the reproduction of Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 42 Phytoseiid mites associated with vines in Sicilian vineyards -- 43 Studies on mites associated with lucerne in Greece -- 44 Vertical distribution and life stages of oribatid communities on beech trees -- 45 Histiostoma murchiei Hughes and Jackson (Anoetidae) as a parasite in the cocoons of some Danish earthworms -- 46 Rearing deutonymphs of Iphidosoma fimetarium (J. Müller), a mesostigmatic mite associated with carabid beetles -- 47 Mites of the House mouse, Mus musculus L., in the north-eastern part of the Iberian Peninsula in Spain -- 48 Records of Ixodoidea from the Trentino-Alto Adige region in northern Italy -- 49 Seasonal and spatial variation in food intake by the oribatid mites of beech woodland soil -- 50 The effects of ploughing and rotary cultivation on soil mites with particular reference to the Mesostigmata -- 51 The influence of soil cultivation methods on the edaphic fauna, and especially the Gamasina (Mesostigmata), in two southern German vineyards with different cultural treatments -- 52 The density of Tarsonemida in cropped arable soil in relation to fertilizer and crop-protection treatments -- 53 Soil mites and acidification: a comparative study of four forest stands near Heidelberg -- 54 Reactions of mite populations to the influence of environmental chemicals in a beech-wood floor -- 55 Population studies on the house-dust mite. Euroglyphus maynei (Cooreman 1950) (Pyroglyphidae) -- 56 Management of mite development in the home -- 57 An indirect effect of cleaning on house-dust mites. (Dermatophagoides spp.) in carpets -- 58 Astigmatic and prostigmatic mites of grain stores, mills and sawmills in Finland -- Index to plant genera and species -- Index to animal genera and species -- Author index.
    Abstract: During the Inaugural Meeting of the European Association of Acarol­ ogists (EURAAC), held in Amsterdam in 1987, it was decided that the holding of a Symposium at regular intervals should be a major objective. With this in view, it was agreed that Professor Reinhart Schuster, the senior editor, be invited to accept the Presidency of the Association and, arising from that Office, to organize the first Symposium in Austria in 1988. There was strong support for a main theme focused on a particular aspect of acarology. From these discussions there emerged the proposal that emphasis be placed on aspects of reproduction, development and life-history strategies of the Acari. These were topics in the forefront of the discipline with exciting developments of interest not only to acarologists but to a wider audience because of the light they cast on fundamental processes in physiology, ecology and evolutionary biology. The object then was to invite a small number of key workers to present extended papers related to the main theme. There were seven of these all of which appear in the book. The remaining 51 contributions were offered papers a number of which fit within the framework of the Symposium theme.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Life-history Strategies1 The life strategies of mites -- 2 Life-history evolution of spider mites -- 3 Life-cycle strategies in unpredictably varying environments: genetic adaptations in a colonizing mite -- 4 The evolutionary transformation of osmotic regulation in the life cycle of freshwater mites (Hydrachnidia) -- 5 Development and life-history strategies in mussel mites (Hydrachnellae: Unionicolidae) -- Two Reproduction -- 6 Spermatology in the Acari: systematic and functional implications -- 7 The distribution, mechanisms and evolutionary significance of parthenogenesis in oribatid mites -- 8 Indirect sperm transfer in prostigmatic mites from a phylogenetic viewpoint -- 9 Spermatophore deposition in relation to atmospheric humidity among terrestrial Parasitengonae (Prostigmata) -- 10 The role of Adlerocystis sp. in the reproduction of argasid ticks -- 11 A scanning electron-microscopy study of spermatogenesis in Pergamasus barbarus Berl. (Gamasida -- 12 Precise sex-ratio control in the pseudo-arrhenotokous phytoseiid mite, Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt -- 13 Sex ratio, fitness and capacity for population increase in Pyemotes tritici (L.-F. and M.) (Pyemotidae) -- 14 Preliminary observations of ovoviviparity in the gallforming mite, Aceria caulobius (Nal.) (Eriophyidea: Eriophyidae) -- 15 Laboratory observations on duration of copulation and egg production of three phytoseiid species fed on pollen -- 16 Precopulatory mate guarding in the spider mite, Tetranychus cinnabarinus (Boisd.) (Tetranychidae) -- Three Diapause, Development and Trophic Relations -- 17 Physiological aspects of diapause in plant-inhabiting mites -- 18 Repeated induction and termination of diapause in the predacious mite, Amblyseius potentillae (Garman) (Phytoseiidae) -- 19 Inheritance of photoperiodic responses controlling diapause in the two-spotted spider mite, Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 20 Some observations on diapause in winter eggs of Panonychus ulmi (Koch) (Tetranychidae) -- 21 Reproduction, embryonic and postembryonic development of Trichouropoda obscurasimilis Hirschmann and Zirngiebl-Nicol 1961 (Anactinotrichida: Uropodina) -- 22 Resource allocation and utilization contrasts in Hypoaspis aculeifer (Can.) and Alliphis halleri (G. and R. Can.) (Mesostigmata) with emphasis on food source -- 23 The influence of different host plants on the reproductive potential of Tyrophagus putrescentiae (Schrank) and Tyrophagus neiswanderi Johnston and Bruce (Acaridae) -- 24 The relationship between house-dust mites and fungi -- 25 How plants maintain body-guards: plant exudate as a food source for phytoseiid mites -- Four Systematic, Morphology, Physiology and Behaviour -- 26 Distribution of characters and phylogenetic age - systematic problems in the higher taxa of the Oribatida -- 27 A new approach to the systematics of the genus Steganacarus (Oribatida) -- 28 The morphology of the immature stages of Phthiracaroidea (Oribatida) -- 29 A new interpretation of the epimeral theory of Grandjean -- 30 A comparison of the sclerotized parts of the reproductive organs of house-dust mites of the genus Dermatophagoides using scanning electron microscopy -- 31 Reproductive systems in Acaridida - some peculiar features -- 32 A respiratory apparatus in eggs of certain mites -- 33 Fine structure and functions of the mouthparts involved in the feeding mechanisms in Cenopalpus pulcher (Canestrini and Fanzago) (Tetranychoidea: Tenuipalpidae) -- 34 The alveolar salivary glands of the active phases of trombiculid mites (Trombiculidae) -- 35 Pigmentation in water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 36 Biomass studies of water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 37 The saltatory capacity of an oribatid mite -- 38 Thanatosis or feigning death in mites of the family Scutacaridae -- Five Field Studies and Applied Aspects -- 39 The effects of spider-mite feeding on plant performance in relation to biological control -- 40 Dispersion indices and constant precision sampling programmes for Panonychus ulmi (Koch) and Amblyseius andersoni (Chant) in Spanish apple orchards -- 41 Herbicides and the reproduction of Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 42 Phytoseiid mites associated with vines in Sicilian vineyards -- 43 Studies on mites associated with lucerne in Greece -- 44 Vertical distribution and life stages of oribatid communities on beech trees -- 45 Histiostoma murchiei Hughes and Jackson (Anoetidae) as a parasite in the cocoons of some Danish earthworms -- 46 Rearing deutonymphs of Iphidosoma fimetarium (J. Müller), a mesostigmatic mite associated with carabid beetles -- 47 Mites of the House mouse, Mus musculus L., in the north-eastern part of the Iberian Peninsula in Spain -- 48 Records of Ixodoidea from the Trentino-Alto Adige region in northern Italy -- 49 Seasonal and spatial variation in food intake by the oribatid mites of beech woodland soil -- 50 The effects of ploughing and rotary cultivation on soil mites with particular reference to the Mesostigmata -- 51 The influence of soil cultivation methods on the edaphic fauna, and especially the Gamasina (Mesostigmata), in two southern German vineyards with different cultural treatments -- 52 The density of Tarsonemida in cropped arable soil in relation to fertilizer and crop-protection treatments -- 53 Soil mites and acidification: a comparative study of four forest stands near Heidelberg -- 54 Reactions of mite populations to the influence of environmental chemicals in a beech-wood floor -- 55 Population studies on the house-dust mite. Euroglyphus maynei (Cooreman 1950) (Pyroglyphidae) -- 56 Management of mite development in the home -- 57 An indirect effect of cleaning on house-dust mites. (Dermatophagoides spp.) in carpets -- 58 Astigmatic and prostigmatic mites of grain stores, mills and sawmills in Finland -- Index to plant genera and species -- Index to animal genera and species -- Author index.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    ISBN: 9789401165358
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1.1 Research Models in Mechanical Problems for Microelectronics and Fiber Optics -- 1.2 Theoretical Modeling -- 1.3 Analytical versus Numerical Modeling -- 1.4 Interaction with Experiment -- 1.5 Theoretical Modeling in Structural Analysis -- 1.6 Historical Sketch -- 1. Basic Principles of Engineering Elasticity -- 1. General Properties of Elastic Bodies -- 2. Equations and Conceptions -- 3. A View of Solution Procedures -- 4. The Elementary Problems -- 5. Strength Theories -- 6. Two-Dimensional Problem in Rectangular Coordinates -- 7. Two-Dimensional Problem in Polar Coordinates -- 8. Torsion -- 9. Fracture Mechanics -- 10. Plasticity -- 11. Viscoelasticity -- Questions and Problems -- 2. Fundamentals of Structural Analysis -- 12. Bending of Beams -- 13. The Variational and Energy Methods, and Some General Principles of Structural Analysis -- 14. Bending of Frames -- 15. Bending of Plates -- 16. Buckling -- 17. Numerical Methods -- 18. Experimental Techniques -- Questions and Problems -- Appendix: Tables of Beam Deflections.
    Abstract: This book contains the fundamentals of a discipline, which could be called Structural Analysis in Microelectronics and Fiber Optics. It deals with mechanical behavior of microelectronic and fiber-optic systems and is written in response to the crucial need for a textbook for a first in-depth course on mechanical problems in microelectronics and fiber optics. The emphasis of this book is on electronic and optical packaging problems, and analytical modeling. This book is apparently the first attempt to select, advance, and present those methods of classical structural mechanics which have been or can be applied in various stress-strain problems encountered in "high technology" engineering and some related areas, such as materials science and solid-state physics. The following major objectives are pursued in Structural Analysis in Microelectronic and Fiber-Optic Systems: Identify structural elements typical for microelectronic and fiber-optic systems and devices, and introduce the student to the basic concepts of the mechanical behavior of microelectronic and fiber-optic struc­ tures, subjected to thermally induced or external loading. Select, advance, and present methods for analyzing stresses and deflections developed in microelectronic and fiber-optic structures; demonstrate the effectiveness of the methods and approaches of the classical struc­ tural analysis in the diverse mechanical problems of microelectronics and fiber optics; and give students of engineering, as well as practicing engineers and designers, a thorough understanding of the main princi­ ples involved in the analytical evaluation of the mechanical behavior of microelectronic and fiber-optic systems.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.1 Research Models in Mechanical Problems for Microelectronics and Fiber Optics1.2 Theoretical Modeling -- 1.3 Analytical versus Numerical Modeling -- 1.4 Interaction with Experiment -- 1.5 Theoretical Modeling in Structural Analysis -- 1.6 Historical Sketch -- 1. Basic Principles of Engineering Elasticity -- 1. General Properties of Elastic Bodies -- 2. Equations and Conceptions -- 3. A View of Solution Procedures -- 4. The Elementary Problems -- 5. Strength Theories -- 6. Two-Dimensional Problem in Rectangular Coordinates -- 7. Two-Dimensional Problem in Polar Coordinates -- 8. Torsion -- 9. Fracture Mechanics -- 10. Plasticity -- 11. Viscoelasticity -- Questions and Problems -- 2. Fundamentals of Structural Analysis -- 12. Bending of Beams -- 13. The Variational and Energy Methods, and Some General Principles of Structural Analysis -- 14. Bending of Frames -- 15. Bending of Plates -- 16. Buckling -- 17. Numerical Methods -- 18. Experimental Techniques -- Questions and Problems -- Appendix: Tables of Beam Deflections.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401197144
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Representation of Mine Data -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Mine nomenclature -- 1.3 Subdivision of orebodies -- 1.4 Mine sections -- 1.5 Mine plans -- 1.6 Vertical longitudinal projections -- 1.7 Structure contour plans -- 1.8 Connolly diagrams -- 1.9 Dip contour maps -- 1.10 Structural unrolling — Palinspastic maps -- 1.11 2D and 3D block models -- 1.12 3D orebody projections -- 1.13 Histograms and cumulative frequency plots -- 1.14 Rose diagrams -- 1.15 Stereographic projections -- 1.16 Computer software -- 2 Mine Sampling -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Characterization of mineral deposits for sampling purposes -- 2.3 Grade elevation -- 2.4 Possible locations for underground sampling -- 2.5 Channel sampling -- 2.6 Chip sampling -- 2.7 Grab sampling -- 2.8 Percussion/blast-hole sampling -- 2.9 Diamond drill sampling -- 2.10 Prospect sampling -- 2.11 Continuous sampling for open-pit operations -- 2.12 Sampling of unconsolidated surficial deposits -- 2.13 The application of copper-sensitive paints -- 2.14 Grade analysis by fluorescence and spectrometric techniques -- 2.15 Sampling theory -- 2.16 Bulk sampling of gold ores -- 3 Ore-Reserves by ‘Classical Methods’ -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Classification of reserves and resources -- 3.3 Determination of potentially economic intersections -- 3.4 Mine/deposit reserves -- 3.5 Statistical estimators of grade -- 3.6 Ore-reserves by panel/section methods (underground operations) -- 3.7 Ore reserves by triangulation -- 3.8 Ore reserves by polygons -- 3.9 Ore reserves by block matrices -- 3.10 Contour methods -- 3.11 Inverse distance weighting methods (IDW) -- 3.12 Orebody modelling using IDW methods -- Appendix 3.1 USBM/USGS Classification of Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.2 APEO Classification of Reserves -- Appendix 3.3 AIMM/AMIC Classification of Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.4 Coal Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.5 Ore reserve calculation — worked example -- Appendix 3.6 Program listing for SGORE -- 4 Geostatistical Ore-Reserve Estimation -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The application of geostatistics -- 4.3 The theory of regionalized variables -- 4.4 Regularization and orebody subdivision -- 4.5 Production of the semi-variogram -- 4.6 Semi-variogram models -- 4.7 Semi-variogram phenomena in the spherical scheme -- 4.8 Model fitting in the spherical scheme -- 4.9 1D regularization (spherical scheme) -- 4.10 Block reserve estimates by kriging -- 4.11 Global reserve evaluation by kriging -- 4.12 Grade—tonnage curve -- 4.13 Kriging variances and ore-reserve classification -- 4.14 Extension variances in the spherical scheme -- 4.15 Volume—variance relationship -- 4.16 Indicator kriging (IK) -- Appendix 4.1 Determination of confidence limits for log-transformed data -- Appendix 4.2 Worked example — de Wijsian scheme -- Appendix 4.3 Mathematical basis of point kriging -- Appendix 4.4 Mathematical basis of block kriging -- Appendix 4.5 Extension variance graphs and tables for the spherical scheme -- 5 Design and Evaluation of Open-Pit Operations -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Design of open-pit operations -- 5.3 Evaluation of open-pit operations -- 5.4 Economic optimization of pit designs -- 6 Financing and Financial Evaluation of Mining Projects -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Financial aspects unique to mining projects -- 6.3 Capitalization of mining projects -- 6.4 Financial model of a mining project -- 6.5 Financial evaluation techniques -- 7 Grade Control -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Open-pit operations -- 7.3 Underground operations -- 8 Ore-Evaluation Case Histories -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Case history — White Pine Copper Mine, Michigan, USA -- 8.3 Case history — Evaluation of the J-M Pt-Pd Reef, Stillwater, Montana -- 8.4 Case history — East Ore Zone, Teck-Corona Gold Mine, Hemlo Canada -- 8.5 Case history — opencast coal mining in South Wales (R. MacCallum — British Coal) -- 8.6 Case history — Boulby Potash Mine, Cleveland, UK -- 8.7 Case history — exploration and evaluation of a glacial sand and gravel deposit (P. Brewer and P. Morse — Tarmac Roadstone, Northwest Limited) -- 8.8 Case history — limestone aggregates — The Tytherington Limestone Quarries, ARC Ltd -- 8.9 Cement — Cement Quality Limestones at Los Cedros, Venezuela (Blue Circle Industries PLC) -- 8.10 Case history — Navan Zn-Pb Mine, Eire (Tara Mines Ltd).
    Abstract: Although aspects of mineral deposit evaluation advantages and disadvantages of each technique are covered in such texts as McKinstry (1948), so that a judgement can be made as to their Peters (1978), Reedman (1979) and Barnes applicability to a particular deposit and the min­ (1980), no widely available in-depth treatment of ing method proposed or used. Too often, a lack the subject has been presented. It is thus the of this expertise results in the ore-reserve calcula­ intention of the present book to produce a text tion being undertaken at head-office or, indeed, by the survey department on the mine, and being which is suitable for both undergraduate and treated as a 'number crunching' or geometric postgraduate students of mining geology and exercise divorced from geology. It is essential mining engineering and which, at the same time, that mine ore-reserves are calculated at the mine is of use to those already following a professional by those geologists who are most closely associ­ career in the mining industry. An attempt has ated with the local geology and who are thus best been made to present the material in such a way able to influence and/or constrain the calculation.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Representation of Mine Data1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Mine nomenclature -- 1.3 Subdivision of orebodies -- 1.4 Mine sections -- 1.5 Mine plans -- 1.6 Vertical longitudinal projections -- 1.7 Structure contour plans -- 1.8 Connolly diagrams -- 1.9 Dip contour maps -- 1.10 Structural unrolling - Palinspastic maps -- 1.11 2D and 3D block models -- 1.12 3D orebody projections -- 1.13 Histograms and cumulative frequency plots -- 1.14 Rose diagrams -- 1.15 Stereographic projections -- 1.16 Computer software -- 2 Mine Sampling -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Characterization of mineral deposits for sampling purposes -- 2.3 Grade elevation -- 2.4 Possible locations for underground sampling -- 2.5 Channel sampling -- 2.6 Chip sampling -- 2.7 Grab sampling -- 2.8 Percussion/blast-hole sampling -- 2.9 Diamond drill sampling -- 2.10 Prospect sampling -- 2.11 Continuous sampling for open-pit operations -- 2.12 Sampling of unconsolidated surficial deposits -- 2.13 The application of copper-sensitive paints -- 2.14 Grade analysis by fluorescence and spectrometric techniques -- 2.15 Sampling theory -- 2.16 Bulk sampling of gold ores -- 3 Ore-Reserves by ‘Classical Methods’ -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Classification of reserves and resources -- 3.3 Determination of potentially economic intersections -- 3.4 Mine/deposit reserves -- 3.5 Statistical estimators of grade -- 3.6 Ore-reserves by panel/section methods (underground operations) -- 3.7 Ore reserves by triangulation -- 3.8 Ore reserves by polygons -- 3.9 Ore reserves by block matrices -- 3.10 Contour methods -- 3.11 Inverse distance weighting methods (IDW) -- 3.12 Orebody modelling using IDW methods -- Appendix 3.1 USBM/USGS Classification of Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.2 APEO Classification of Reserves -- Appendix 3.3 AIMM/AMIC Classification of Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.4 Coal Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.5 Ore reserve calculation - worked example -- Appendix 3.6 Program listing for SGORE -- 4 Geostatistical Ore-Reserve Estimation -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The application of geostatistics -- 4.3 The theory of regionalized variables -- 4.4 Regularization and orebody subdivision -- 4.5 Production of the semi-variogram -- 4.6 Semi-variogram models -- 4.7 Semi-variogram phenomena in the spherical scheme -- 4.8 Model fitting in the spherical scheme -- 4.9 1D regularization (spherical scheme) -- 4.10 Block reserve estimates by kriging -- 4.11 Global reserve evaluation by kriging -- 4.12 Grade-tonnage curve -- 4.13 Kriging variances and ore-reserve classification -- 4.14 Extension variances in the spherical scheme -- 4.15 Volume-variance relationship -- 4.16 Indicator kriging (IK) -- Appendix 4.1 Determination of confidence limits for log-transformed data -- Appendix 4.2 Worked example - de Wijsian scheme -- Appendix 4.3 Mathematical basis of point kriging -- Appendix 4.4 Mathematical basis of block kriging -- Appendix 4.5 Extension variance graphs and tables for the spherical scheme -- 5 Design and Evaluation of Open-Pit Operations -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Design of open-pit operations -- 5.3 Evaluation of open-pit operations -- 5.4 Economic optimization of pit designs -- 6 Financing and Financial Evaluation of Mining Projects -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Financial aspects unique to mining projects -- 6.3 Capitalization of mining projects -- 6.4 Financial model of a mining project -- 6.5 Financial evaluation techniques -- 7 Grade Control -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Open-pit operations -- 7.3 Underground operations -- 8 Ore-Evaluation Case Histories -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Case history - White Pine Copper Mine, Michigan, USA -- 8.3 Case history - Evaluation of the J-M Pt-Pd Reef, Stillwater, Montana -- 8.4 Case history - East Ore Zone, Teck-Corona Gold Mine, Hemlo Canada -- 8.5 Case history - opencast coal mining in South Wales (R. MacCallum - British Coal) -- 8.6 Case history - Boulby Potash Mine, Cleveland, UK -- 8.7 Case history - exploration and evaluation of a glacial sand and gravel deposit (P. Brewer and P. Morse - Tarmac Roadstone, Northwest Limited) -- 8.8 Case history - limestone aggregates - The Tytherington Limestone Quarries, ARC Ltd -- 8.9 Cement - Cement Quality Limestones at Los Cedros, Venezuela (Blue Circle Industries PLC) -- 8.10 Case history - Navan Zn-Pb Mine, Eire (Tara Mines Ltd).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401097604
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Telecommunication. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Historical Development of Satellites -- 1.2 Communication Satellite Systems -- 1.3 Communication Satellites -- 1.4 Orbiting Satellites -- 1.5 Satellite Frequency Bands -- 1.6 Satellite Multiple-Access Formats -- References -- Problems -- 2 Modulation, Encoding, and Decoding -- 2.1 Analog Modulation -- 2.2 Analog FM Carriers -- 2.3 Digital Encoding -- 2.4 Spectral Shaping -- 2.5 Digital Decoding -- 2.6 Error-Correction Decoding -- 2.7 Block Waveform Encoding -- 2.8 Digital Throughput -- References -- Problems -- 3 The Satellite Channel -- 3.1 Electromagnetic Field Propagation -- 3.2 Antennas -- 3.3 Atmospheric Losses -- 3.4 Receiver Noise -- 3.5 Carrier-to-Noise Ratios -- 3.6 Satellite Link Analysis -- 3.7 Dual Polarization -- 3.8 Effect of Depolarization on Dual Polarized Communications -- 3.9 Spot Beams in Satellite Downlinks -- References -- Problems -- 4 Satellite Electronics -- 4.1 The Transponder Model -- 4.2 The Satellite Front End -- 4.3 RF Filtering of Digital Carriers -- 4.4 Satellite Signal Processing -- 4.5 Frequency Generators -- 4.6 Transponder Limiting -- 4.7 Nonlinear Satellite Amplifiers -- References -- Problems -- 5 Frequency—Division Multiple Access -- 5.1 The FDMA System -- 5.2 Nonlinear Amplification with Multiple FDMA Carriers -- 5.3 FDMA Nonlinear Analysis -- 5.4 FDMA Channelization -- 5.5 AM/PM Conversion with FDMA -- 5.6 Satellite-Switched FDMA -- References -- Problems -- 6 Time-Division Multiple Access -- 6.1 The TDMA System -- 6.2 Preamble Design -- 6.3 Satellite Effects on TDMA Performance -- 6.4 Network Synchronization -- 6.5 SS-TDMA -- References -- Problems -- 7 Code-Division Multiple Access -- 7.1 Direct-Sequence CDMA Systems -- 7.2 Code Generation for DS-CDMA Systems -- 7.3 Performance of DS-CDMA Systems -- 7.4 Combined Error Correction and Code Addressing in DS-CDMA -- 7.5 Antijam Advantages of Direct Code Addressing -- 7.6 Satellite Jamming with DS-CDMA -- 7.7 DS-CDMA Code Acquisition and Tracking -- References -- Problems -- 8 Frequency-Hopped Communications -- 8.1 The Frequency-Hopped System -- 8.2 Frequency-Hopping Synthesizers -- 8.3 Performance of Frequency-Hopped Systems -- 8.4 Frequency-Hopped CDMA Systems -- 8.5 Jamming in Frequency-Hopped Systems -- 8.6 Code Acquisition and Tracking in FH Systems -- References -- Problems -- 9 On-Board Processing -- 9.1 On-Board Processing Subsystems -- 9.2 Baseband Digital Decoding -- 9.3 Data Reclocking, Routing, and Multiplexing -- 9.4 TDM-FDM Conversion -- 9.5 On-Board Remodulation -- 9.6 On-Board Baseband Processing with Beam Hopping -- 9.7 Multiple Spot Beaming -- 9.8 Photonic On-Board Processing -- References -- Problems -- 10 Satellite Crosslinks -- 10.1 The Crosslink System -- 10.2 Crossline Power Budget -- 10.3 Coherent and Noncoherent Communications at EHF -- 10.4 Autotracking -- 10.5 Autotrack Loop Analysis -- 10.6 Effect of Autotract Pointing Errors on PE -- 10.7 Optical Crosslinks -- References -- Problems -- 11 VSAT and Mobile-Satellite Systems -- 11.1 VSAT-Satellite-System Concept -- 11.2 Small-Terminal-Satellite Link Analysis -- 11.3 VSAT and Hub Networks -- 11.4 Direct Home TV Broadcasting -- 11.5 The Mobile-Satellite Channel -- 11.6 Communicating over the Mobile-Satellite Channel -- 11.7 Interleaving to Combat Deep Fading -- 11.8 Combined Coding and Modulation for the Mobile Channel -- References -- Problems -- Appendices -- A Review of Digital Communications -- A.1 Baseband Digital Waveforms -- A.2 BPSK Systems -- A.3 QPSK Carrier Waveform -- A.4 FSK -- A.5 DPSK -- A.6 MPSP -- A.7 Correlation Detection of Orthogonal BPSK -- A.8 MFSK -- A.9 Effect of Phase Noise on Noncoherent FSK and DPSK Systems -- A.10 MASK -- References -- B Carrier Recovery and bit Timing -- B.1 Carrier Recovery -- B.2 BPSK Carrier Recovery -- B.3 QPSK Carrier Referencing -- B.4 MPSK Carrier Referencing Systems -- B.5 Bit Timing -- References -- C Satellite Ranging and Position Location Systems -- C.1 Ranging Systems -- C.2 Component Range Codes -- C.3 Tone-Ranging Systems -- C.4 Position Locating and Navigation -- D Nonlinear Amplification of Carrier Waveforms.
    Abstract: This second edition of Satellite Communications is a revised, updated, and improved version of the first edition (Van Nostrand, 1984) and has been extended to include many newer topics that are rapidly becoming important in modem and next-generation satellite systems. The first half of the book again covers the basics of satellite links, but has been updated to include additional areas such as Global Positioning and deep space satellites, dual polarization, multiple beaming, advanced satellite electronics, frequency synthesizers, and digital frequency generators. The second half of the book is all new, covering frequency and beam hopping, on-board processing, EHF and optical cross­ links, and mobile satellites and VSAT systems. All of these latter topics figure to be important aspects of satellite systems and space platforms of the twenty-first century. As in the first edition, the objective of the new edition is to present a unified approach to satellite communications, helping the reader to become familiar with the terminology, models, analysis procedures, and evolving design directions for modem and future satellites. The presentation stresses overall system analysis and block diagram design, as opposed to complicated mathematical or physics descriptions. (Backup mathematics is relegated to the appendices where a reader can digest the detail at his own pace. ) The discussion begins with the simplest satellite systems and builds to the more complex payloads presently being used.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Historical Development of Satellites -- 1.2 Communication Satellite Systems -- 1.3 Communication Satellites -- 1.4 Orbiting Satellites -- 1.5 Satellite Frequency Bands -- 1.6 Satellite Multiple-Access Formats -- References -- Problems -- 2 Modulation, Encoding, and Decoding -- 2.1 Analog Modulation -- 2.2 Analog FM Carriers -- 2.3 Digital Encoding -- 2.4 Spectral Shaping -- 2.5 Digital Decoding -- 2.6 Error-Correction Decoding -- 2.7 Block Waveform Encoding -- 2.8 Digital Throughput -- References -- Problems -- 3 The Satellite Channel -- 3.1 Electromagnetic Field Propagation -- 3.2 Antennas -- 3.3 Atmospheric Losses -- 3.4 Receiver Noise -- 3.5 Carrier-to-Noise Ratios -- 3.6 Satellite Link Analysis -- 3.7 Dual Polarization -- 3.8 Effect of Depolarization on Dual Polarized Communications -- 3.9 Spot Beams in Satellite Downlinks -- References -- Problems -- 4 Satellite Electronics -- 4.1 The Transponder Model -- 4.2 The Satellite Front End -- 4.3 RF Filtering of Digital Carriers -- 4.4 Satellite Signal Processing -- 4.5 Frequency Generators -- 4.6 Transponder Limiting -- 4.7 Nonlinear Satellite Amplifiers -- References -- Problems -- 5 Frequency-Division Multiple Access -- 5.1 The FDMA System -- 5.2 Nonlinear Amplification with Multiple FDMA Carriers -- 5.3 FDMA Nonlinear Analysis -- 5.4 FDMA Channelization -- 5.5 AM/PM Conversion with FDMA -- 5.6 Satellite-Switched FDMA -- References -- Problems -- 6 Time-Division Multiple Access -- 6.1 The TDMA System -- 6.2 Preamble Design -- 6.3 Satellite Effects on TDMA Performance -- 6.4 Network Synchronization -- 6.5 SS-TDMA -- References -- Problems -- 7 Code-Division Multiple Access -- 7.1 Direct-Sequence CDMA Systems -- 7.2 Code Generation for DS-CDMA Systems -- 7.3 Performance of DS-CDMA Systems -- 7.4 Combined Error Correction and Code Addressing in DS-CDMA -- 7.5 Antijam Advantages of Direct Code Addressing -- 7.6 Satellite Jamming with DS-CDMA -- 7.7 DS-CDMA Code Acquisition and Tracking -- References -- Problems -- 8 Frequency-Hopped Communications -- 8.1 The Frequency-Hopped System -- 8.2 Frequency-Hopping Synthesizers -- 8.3 Performance of Frequency-Hopped Systems -- 8.4 Frequency-Hopped CDMA Systems -- 8.5 Jamming in Frequency-Hopped Systems -- 8.6 Code Acquisition and Tracking in FH Systems -- References -- Problems -- 9 On-Board Processing -- 9.1 On-Board Processing Subsystems -- 9.2 Baseband Digital Decoding -- 9.3 Data Reclocking, Routing, and Multiplexing -- 9.4 TDM-FDM Conversion -- 9.5 On-Board Remodulation -- 9.6 On-Board Baseband Processing with Beam Hopping -- 9.7 Multiple Spot Beaming -- 9.8 Photonic On-Board Processing -- References -- Problems -- 10 Satellite Crosslinks -- 10.1 The Crosslink System -- 10.2 Crossline Power Budget -- 10.3 Coherent and Noncoherent Communications at EHF -- 10.4 Autotracking -- 10.5 Autotrack Loop Analysis -- 10.6 Effect of Autotract Pointing Errors on PE -- 10.7 Optical Crosslinks -- References -- Problems -- 11 VSAT and Mobile-Satellite Systems -- 11.1 VSAT-Satellite-System Concept -- 11.2 Small-Terminal-Satellite Link Analysis -- 11.3 VSAT and Hub Networks -- 11.4 Direct Home TV Broadcasting -- 11.5 The Mobile-Satellite Channel -- 11.6 Communicating over the Mobile-Satellite Channel -- 11.7 Interleaving to Combat Deep Fading -- 11.8 Combined Coding and Modulation for the Mobile Channel -- References -- Problems -- Appendices -- A Review of Digital Communications -- A.1 Baseband Digital Waveforms -- A.2 BPSK Systems -- A.3 QPSK Carrier Waveform -- A.4 FSK -- A.5 DPSK -- A.6 MPSP -- A.7 Correlation Detection of Orthogonal BPSK -- A.8 MFSK -- A.9 Effect of Phase Noise on Noncoherent FSK and DPSK Systems -- A.10 MASK -- References -- B Carrier Recovery and bit Timing -- B.1 Carrier Recovery -- B.2 BPSK Carrier Recovery -- B.3 QPSK Carrier Referencing -- B.4 MPSK Carrier Referencing Systems -- B.5 Bit Timing -- References -- C Satellite Ranging and Position Location Systems -- C.1 Ranging Systems -- C.2 Component Range Codes -- C.3 Tone-Ranging Systems -- C.4 Position Locating and Navigation -- D Nonlinear Amplification of Carrier Waveforms.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400908291
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 The diversity of teleost fishes -- 1.2 Defining the problem -- 1.3 Organization of the text -- 1.4 Adaptive response to environmental change -- 1.5 Summary and conclusions -- 2 Environmental and organismic constraints -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Body form and locomotion -- 2.3 Respiration and gill structure -- 2.4 Sensory capacities -- 2.5 Summary and conclusions -- 3 Feeding -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Trophic categories in fishes -- 3.3 Morphological adaptations for feeding -- 3.4 Diet composition -- 3.5 Temporal changes in diet composition -- 3.6 Factors that determine the rate of food consumption -- 3.7 Flexibility in the feeding ecology of fishes -- 3.8 Summary and conclusions -- 4 Bioenergetics -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Structure of an energy budget -- 4.3 Effects of environmental factors on metabolism -- 4.4 Examples of energy budgets -- 4.5 Summary and conclusions -- 5 Use of time and space -- 5.1 Introducton -- 5.2 Methods of studying the use of time and space -- 5.3 Temporal patterns of fish movement -- 5.4 Patterns and movement and the use of space -- 5.5 Summary and conclusions -- 6 Growth -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Definition and measurement of growth -- 6.3 Patterns of growth -- 6.4 Factors affecting growth rates -- 6.5 Endogenous control of growth rates -- 6.6 Modelling the growth of fish -- 6.7 Summary and conclusions -- 7 Reproduction -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Timing of reproduction -- 7.3 The site of reproduction -- 7.4 Allocation of resources to reproduction -- 7.5 Allocation to individual progeny -- 7.6 Unusual reproductive strategies -- 7.7 Summary and conclusions -- 8 Biotic interactions: I. Predation and parasitism -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Predation -- 8.3 Pathogens -- 8.4 Summary and conclusions -- 9 Biotic interactions: II. Competition and mutualism -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Competition -- 9.3 Mutualism -- 9.4 Summary and conclusions -- 10 Dynamics of population abundance and production -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Defining the population -- 10.3 Estimation of fish abundance -- 10.4 Measures of the rate of population change -- 10.5 Measurement of mortality rates -- 10.6 Patterns of mortality in fish populations -- 10.7 Regulation of fish populations and the stock-recruitment relationship -- 10.8 Models of population growth -- 10.9 Concept of production -- 10.10 Measurement of production -- 10.11 Bioenergetic basis of production -- 10.12 Magnitude of population production -- 10.13 Summary and conclusions -- 11 Life-history strategies -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Evolution of life-history patterns -- 11.3 Cost of reproduction and the consequences -- 11.4 Bioenergetics of life-history patterns -- 11.5 Phenotypic plasticity of life-history traits -- 11.6 Life-history patterns and exploitation -- 11.7 Summary and conclusions -- 12 Fish assemblages -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 General patterns of species diversity -- 12.3 Historical factors in species diversity -- 12.4 Contemporary determinants of species diversity -- 12.5 Examples of fish assemblages -- 12.6 Characteristics of fish assemblages -- 12.7 Community-wide properties -- 12.8 Summary and conclusions -- References -- Species Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400904132
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: New edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Tutorial Guides in Electronic Engineering
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Principles of transduction -- Underlying physical principles of transducers -- Silicon technology -- Summary -- Review questions -- Further reading -- Problems -- 2 Sensors, actuators and displays -- Mechanical sensing -- The synchro -- Temperature sensing -- Radiation detection transducers -- Optical sensors -- Sonic transducers -- Nuclear radiation detectors -- Chemical activity -- Actuators, stepper motors and displays -- Summary -- Review questions -- Further reading -- Problems -- 3 Analogue processing of signals -- The ideal operational amplifier -- The practical operational amplifier -- Chopper stabilization -- Modulation -- The analogue multiplexer or scanner -- Summary -- Review questions -- Further reading -- Problems -- 4 Signal convertion -- The digital-to-analogue converter -- The analogue-to-digital converter -- Sample-and-hold circuits -- Voltage-to-frequency conversion -- Synchro-to-digital conversion -- The phase lock loop -- Summary -- Review questions -- Further reading -- Problems -- 5 Digital processing of signals -- Filtering in the digital domain -- Sampling -- Quantization -- Signal averaging -- Linerarization of sensor response -- Digital processing circuits -- The digital signal processor -- Summary -- Review questions -- Further reading -- 6 Interfacing -- Digital circuitry -- Specialized interfacing chips -- Transfers of data over greater distances -- Interfacing standards -- Summary -- Review questions -- Further reading -- Appendix A -- Solutions to problems.
    Abstract: -~- ~_vane \::y;) \ c:=::J ] 0=0 ] Dc:=JD Fig. 2. 39 Seven-segment devices for large displays and good visibility at up to 300 m can readily be obtained. Summary The number of transducer types is almost unlimited, and in order to bring our area of study down to a more manageable size we have considered transduc­ ers under four main headings. Input transducers for detecting mechanical change allow us to sense force, pressure, position, proximity, displacement, velocity, acceleration, vibration and shock in all their multiple manifestations. The basis of many mechanical sensors is the strain gauge which is usually used in a bridge configuration. Other devices such as the L VDT and synchro are also widely used. Temperature transducers form another large group, and we have looked at the operating principles of the major types, with some of the techniques used in compensating for non-ideal characteristics. Radiation and chemical sensing transducers form the remaining groups. Actuators rely almost entirely on electromagnetic action and, in modern equipment, occur most commonly as solenoids and relays, including the reed relay, and stepper motors. Visual displays also come in a bewildering range of types and sizes, but, because of their ease of interfacing with electronic circuitry, the majority are based on the LED and LCD. Review questions 1. What is meant by gauge factor? 2. Define Young's modulus. 3.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400920613
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (276p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Philosophical Studies Series 49
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Semantics ; Philosophy of mind ; Language and languages—Philosophy. ; Semiotics.
    Abstract: 1: Approaches to Natural Language -- 1. Sentences and Saying -- 2. Saying and Semantics -- 3. Saving Sentences, and What Is Said -- 4. Sentences and Propositions -- 2: Indexicality -- 1. Indexical Expressions -- 2. Some Examples -- 3. Too Many Indexicals? -- 4. The Eliminability of Indexicals -- 5. Russell’s Theory of Descriptions -- 3: Alternate Approaches -- 1. The Role of Context -- 2. Donnellan, Sentence Meaning and Speaker Meaning -- 3. The Demonstrative ’The’ -- 4: Prolegomenon to a Theory of Speaker Reference -- 1. Two Approaches to Reference -- 2. Desiderata For A Theory of Speaker References -- 3. The Causal Theory -- 4. A Further Constraint -- 5: Speaker Reference -- 1. Two Unsatisfactory Intention-Based Views -- 2. A Fresh Start -- 3. Objections to the Sufficiency of the Conditions -- 4. Objections to the Necessity of the Conditions -- 5. Utterances Involving More Than One Hearer, and in the Absence of An Audience -- 6: Predication, and What is Said -- 1. Speaker Predication -- 2. A Theory of Speaker Predication -- 3. What Is Said -- 4. An Objection -- 5. Brevity and Sentence Fragments -- 6. Unusual But Important Cases -- 7: Concerning Fiction and Fictions -- 1. What Is To Be Explained -- 2. How Not To Explain It -- 3. A Better Explanation -- 4. Some Complications Concerning Fictions -- 8: Further Implications -- 1. Epistemology and the Philosophy of Language -- 2. Methodological Solipsism -- 3. The Intentional Fallacy, and Deconstruction -- 4. What If This Is All Wrong? -- Index of Names -- Index of Subjects.
    Abstract: The notion of what someone says is, perhaps surprisingly, some­ what less clear than we might be entitled to expect. Suppose that I utter to my class the sentence 'I want you to write a paper reconciling the things Russell claims about propositions in The Philosophy of Mathematics for next week'. A student who was unable to get up in time for class that day asks another what I said about the assignment. Several replies are in the offing. One, an oratio recta or direct speech report, is 'He said, "I want you to write a paper reconciling the things Russell claims about propositions in The Philosophy of Mathematics for next week. '" Another, an oratio obliqua or indirect speech report, consists in the response 'He said that he wants us to write a paper reconciling . . . '. Yet another, reflecting a perhaps accurate estimate of the task involved, editorializes: 'He said he wants us to do the impossible'. Or, aware of both this and my quaint custom of barring those who have not successfully completed the assignment from the classroom, one might retort 'He said he doesn't want to meet next week'. Since 'says' is construable in these various ways, it is at best unhelpful to write something like 'Alice said "Your paper is two days late", thereby saying that Tom's paper was two days late.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400920972
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (242p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Nijhoff International Philosophy Series 40
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Logic ; Metaphysics ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Philosophical self-portrait -- Review-article: T Kotarbi?ski’s Elements of the Theory of Knowledge, Formal Logic and Methodology of the Sciences -- Psychologism and the principle of relevance in semantics -- Names in Kotarbi?ski’s Elementy -- Consistent reism -- A note about reism -- Puzzles of existence -- On the dramatic stage in the development of Kotarbi?ski’s pansomatism -- Semantic reasons for ontological statements: the argumentation of a reist -- Philosophical and methodological foundations of Kotarbi?ski’s praxiology -- Kotarbi?ski’s theory of genuine names -- Kotarbi?ski’s theory of pseudo-names -- On the phases of reism -- Philosophy of the concrete -- Kotarbi?ski, many-valued logic, and truth -- Concerning reism -- The voice of the past in Kotarbi?ski’s writings -- References -- Index of names -- Index of subjects.
    Abstract: Tadeusz Kotarbinski is one of towering figures in contemporary Polish philosophy. He was a great thinker, a great teacher, a great organizer of philosophical and scientific life (he was, among others, the rector of the Uni versi ty of t6dz, the president of the Polish Academy of Sciences, and the president of the International Institute of Philosophy), and, last but not least, a great moral authority. He died at the age of 96 on October 3, 1981. Kotarbinski was active in almost all branches of philosophy. He made many significant contributions to logic, semantics, ontology, epistemology, history of philosophy, and ethics. He created a new field, namely praxiology. Thus, using an ancient distinction, he contributed to theoretical as well as practical philoso~hy. Kotarbinski regarded praxiology as his major philosophical "child". Doubtless, praxiology belongs to practical philosophy. This collection, howewer, is mainly devoted to Kotarbinski' s theoretical philosophy. Reism - Kotarbinski' s fundamental idea of ontology and semantics - is the central topic of most papers included here; even Pszczolowski' s essay on praxiology considers its ontological basis. ,Only two papers, namely that of Zarnecka-Bialy and that of Wolenski, are not linked with reism. However, both fall under the general label "Kotarbinski: logic, semantics and ontology". The collection partly consists of earlier published papers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400921399
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (288p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy 41
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Linguistics Philosophy ; Linguistics ; Logic ; Artificial intelligence ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: I Multiple Indexing -- 1 A basic intensional language -- 2 ‘Now’ and ‘then’ -- 3 ‘Actually’ -- 4 Indices and world variables -- 5 Mediated relations -- 6 A second-order treatment -- II Ontological Commitment -- 7 Possibilist quantification -- 8 Possibilities -- 9 Intersentential operators -- 10 Substitutional quantification -- 11 Modality and supervenience -- 12 Counterpart theory -- III Indexical Quantification -- 13 Generalized quantifiers -- 14 Quantifiers as indexical operators -- 15 Time and world quantifiers -- 16 Context and indices.
    Abstract: In ordinary discourse we appear to ta1k about many things that have seemed mysterious to philosophers. We say that there has been a hitch in our arrangements or that the solution to the problem required us to examine all the probable outcomes of our action. So it would seem that we speak as if in addition to eloeks, mountains, queens and grains of sand there are hitches, arrangements, solutions, probiems, and probable outcomes. It is not immediately obvious when we must take such ta1k as really assuming that there are such to develop tests for things, and one of the tasks in this book is discerning what has eome to be called ontological commitment, in naturallanguage. Among the entities that natural language appears to make reference to are those connected with temporal and modal discourse, times, possibilities, and so on. Such entities play a crueial role in the kind of semantieal theories that I and others have defended over many years. These theories are based on the idea that an essential part of the meaning of a sentence is constituted by the conditions under whieh that sentenee is true. To know what a sentence says is to know what the world would have to be !ike for that sentence to be true.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401096614
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 297 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Science.
    Abstract: 1 Synthesis of aromatic polyimides from dianhydrides and diamines -- 2 Other synthetic routes to polyimides -- 3 Structure-property relationships in linear aromatic polyimides -- 4 Chemistry and properties of addition polyimides -- 5 Characterisation of polyimides -- 6 Polyimides as adhesives -- 7 Polyimides as resin matrices for advanced composites -- 8 Polyimides for semiconductor applications -- 9 Films, mouldings and other applications -- Appendix: Commercially available polyimides.
    Abstract: The last twenty years or so have seen a flurry of activity in the synthesis of new polymer systems. This interest has developed largely as a result of the increased need for advanced materials. Despite the emergence of a number of outstanding polymers, it is the polyimides that have captured the imagination of scientists and engineers alike as materials that offer outstanding promise for the high technology applic­ ations of the future. The reputation of the polyimide has been established on the bases of outstanding thermal stability, excellent mechanical properties and the ability to be fabricated into useful articles. Polyimides offer a versatility unparalleled in most other classes of macromolecules. Polymers can be prepared from a variety of starting materials, by a variety of synthetic routes. They can be tailor-made to suit specific applications. By judicious choice of starting materials, polymers can be made that offer variations in such properties as glass transition tempera­ ture, oxidative stability, toughness, adhesion, and permeability. It is this versatility that has led to the use of polyimides in a wide variety of applications. The electronics industry makes extensive use of poly imide films in, ior example, semiconductor applications. The leading polymer matrices for high temperature advanced composites are polyimides. High temperature adhesive systems for the bonding of metals or composites are often based on polyimides. In addition, polyimides are now finding use as fibres, foams, sealents and even membranes for the low energy separation of industrial gases.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9789401178167
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I: Characterization of Interface -- II: Surface of Reinforcements -- III: Controlled Interphase -- IV: Interfacial Theories -- V: Influence of Interface on Mechanical and Physical Properties -- Author Index.
    Abstract: The third International Conference on Composite Interfaces (ICCI-III) was held under the auspecies of ASM International, The Aluminum Company of America (Alcoa), The Edison Polymer Innovation Co. (EPIC), Case Western Reserve University, Nippon Glass Fiber Co., Nitto Boseki Co., Office of Naval Reserach (ONR), SAMPE Japan, Teijin Co., Mobay Co., Union Carbide Co., and Vetrotex Sain-Gobain. The underlying philosophy of the conference continues to be the promotion of fundamental understanding of the structure and role of composite interfaces. With the growth of composite interface studies, the research direction naturally changes from characterization and understanding of interfacial structure to controlling this structure. For this reason, the conference was subtitled, "Controlled Interphase Structure." The rather unfamiliar phrase "interphase" is used to emphasize the interfacial region whose properties are different from the bulk. The importance of the interphase to the mechanochemical properties has been rapidly recognized among composite researchers in recent years. The conference incorporated nine sessions. No concurrent sessions were planned because of the strong interest among panicipants and organizers to intennix researchers from different disciplines. Papers presented were redistributed in Pans I throught V. Because of this, both the conference and proceedings are not organized based on the traditional disciplines or materials, but rather around concepts.
    Description / Table of Contents: I: Characterization of InterfaceII: Surface of Reinforcements -- III: Controlled Interphase -- IV: Interfacial Theories -- V: Influence of Interface on Mechanical and Physical Properties -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    ISBN: 9789400905054
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (308p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Primary Sources in Phenomenology 3
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ontology ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Philosophy of mind ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Brentano and Marty on Content: A Synthesis suggested by Brentano -- 1 Brentano’s Final View -- 2 Attribution in Modo Recto and in Modo Obliquo -- 3 Object and Content -- 4 Other Intentional Attitudes -- 5 Immanent Objects and Transcendent Objects -- 6 Conclusion -- Marty’s Philosophical Grammar -- 1 Introduction -- 2 The Descriptive Psychology of Meaning: Linguistic Functions -- 3 Propositions Show What would be the Case were they True -- 4 Vagueness -- 5 Meaning Change, Inner Form and Universals -- 6 Marty and Wittgenstein: Two Conceptions of Philosophical Grammar -- Meaning and Expression: Marty and Grice on Intentional Semantics -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Philosophy of Language as a General Theory -- 3 Natural and Non-Natural Meaning -- 4 Primary and Secondary Intentions -- 5 Auto-Semantic Language Devices -- 6 Conclusion -- Marty on Form and Content in Language -- 1 Inner Speech Form in some of Marty’s Early Works -- 2 Logic, Grammar and Psychology -- 3 Form and Content in Marty’s Later Works -- 4 Some Fundamental Tenets of Universal Grammar -- Why a Proper Name has a Meaning: Marty and Landgrebe vs. Kripke -- 1 Preliminaries -- 2 Kripke’s View -- 3 The Question of the Semantic Status of Proper Names -- 4 Meaning and Lexical Meaning -- 5 Reference and Meaning in Marty -- 6 Ambiguity and Vagueness -- 7 Landgrebe’s Solution -- 8 Conclusion -- The Categorical and the Thetic Judgement Reconsidered -- 1 Marty and Transformational Grammar -- 2 Categorical and Thetic Judgements -- 3 Reinterpreting the Categorical-Thetic Distinction -- 4 Conclusion -- Classical and Modern Work on Universals: The Philosophical Background and Marty’s Contribution -- 1 Categories of Meaning vs. Categories of Expression -- 2 Relativism and Colour -- 3 Natural Non-Absolute Universals -- Marty and Magnus on Colours -- Brentano and Marty: An Inquiry into Being and Truth -- 1 Aristotle and Brentano -- 2 Existence and Reality -- 3 Bases and Operations -- 4 Collectives are Non-Real -- 5 Relations are Non-Real -- 6 Space is Non-Real -- 7 States of Affairs are Non-Real -- 8 On the Origins of our Concepts of Existence and Truth -- 9 A Correspondence Theory of Intentionality -- 10 The Ontology of Truth -- 11 Wertverhalte or Value-Contents -- 12 A Postscript on Martian Aesthetics -- Marty on Grounded Relations -- Marty on Time -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Tasks of a Philosophy of Time -- 3 Marty on the Ontology of Time -- 4 Marty on the Consciousness of Time -- 5 Conclusion -- Marty’s Theory of Space -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Marty’s Two Basic Metaphysical Theses -- 3 A Sketch of Marty’s Argument -- 4 Conclusion -- Judgement-Contents -- 1 Preliminary Remark -- 2 Conceptual Framework -- 3 Marty’s Judgement-Contents -- 4 Comments -- 5 Final Remark -- of Consciousness and States of Affairs: Daubert and Marty -- 1 Phenomenologists and Brentanists -- 2 Marty on Subjectless Sentences -- 3 Daubert’s Discussion of Marty -- 4 Shortcomings in Marty -- 5 Marty’s Theory in Phenomenological Perspective -- Marty and the Lvov-Warsaw School -- Two Letters from Marty to Husserl -- A Bibliography of Works by and on Anton Marty -- 1 Works by Marty -- 2 Works on Marty -- Index of Names -- Index of Subjects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401197717
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Preservation -- Nutrition -- 1 General Classification of Yeast -- Classification -- Impact of Recent Taxonomic Revision on Industry -- Yeasts of Economic Importance -- Culture Collection -- 2 Yeast Genetics -- Life Cycle -- Techniques Applicable to Yeast Strain Development -- Baker’s Yeast -- Brewer’s Yeast -- 3 Brewer’s Yeast -- General Characteristics of Yeast -- Yeast Characteristics Important for Brewing -- Brewing Process -- Brewery Contaminants -- Biochemistry of Brewing -- Recent Developments -- 4 Wine Yeasts -- Ecology -- Terminology -- Natural Yeasts and Their Occurrence on Grapes and in Musts -- Natural Fermentations -- Description of Species -- Selected Pure Culture Yeasts and Active Dry Wine Yeasts -- Preparation of Starter Cultures -- Biochemistry of Wine Fermentation165 -- The Killer Factor184 -- By-products of the Alcoholic Fermentation and Aroma Compounds -- Microbiological Reduction of Acids193 -- Genetic Manipulation of Wine Yeasts198 -- Microbial Spoilage of Wines199 -- B?otrytis cineria 201 -- Biogenic Amines and Ethyl Carbamate202 -- Technology of Wine Making204 -- Further Readings -- 5 Distiller’s Yeasts -- Whisky227 -- Distillates from Sugar-Containing Raw Materials238 -- Characteristics and Strains of Distiller’s Yeasts242 -- Flavor Compounds248 -- Fermentation Alcohol as Fuel252 -- Further Readings -- 6 Baker’s Yeast Production -- Manufacturing Process Outline262 -- Strains263 -- Principles of Aerobic Growth264 -- Raw Materials271 -- Environmental Parameters280 -- Practice of Aerobic Growth284 -- Further Readings -- 7 Use of Yeast in Baking -- Function of Yeast in Baking316 -- Bread Flavor334 -- White Pan Bread Technology336 -- Active Dry Yeast -- Further Readings -- 8 Yeast-Derived Products -- Flavor Products and Flavor Enhancers370 -- Nutritional Yeast385 -- Colorants Derived from Yeast390 -- Yeast-Derived Enzymes393 -- Products of Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Value, -- 9 Food and Feed Yeast -- Composition415 -- Use of Yeast as a Major Protein Source424 -- Production of Biomass426 -- Further Readings -- 10 Use of Yeasts in the Dairy Industry -- Cheese441 -- Lactose-free Milk441 -- Acidophilus-Yeast Milk442 -- Kefir442 -- Koumiss444 -- Desugaring of Eggs.
    Abstract: Yeasts are the active agents responsible for three of our most important foods - bread, wine, and beer - and for the almost universally used mind/ personality-altering drug, ethanol. Anthropologists have suggested that it was the production of ethanol that motivated primitive people to settle down and become farmers. The Earth is thought to be about 4. 5 billion years old. Fossil microorganisms have been found in Earth rock 3. 3 to 3. 5 billion years old. Microbes have been on Earth for that length of time carrying out their principal task of recycling organic matter as they still do today. Yeasts have most likely been on Earth for at least 2 billion years before humans arrived, and they playa key role in the conversion of sugars to alcohol and carbon dioxide. Early humans had no concept of either microorganisms or fermentation, yet the earliest historical records indicate that by 6000 B. C. they knew how to make bread, beer, and wine. Earliest humans were foragers who col­ lected and ate leaves, tubers, fruits, berries, nuts, and cereal seeds most of the day much as apes do today in the wild. Crushed fruits readily undergo natural fermentation by indigenous yeasts, and moist seeds germinate and develop amylases that produce fermentable sugars. Honey, the first con­ centrated sweet known to humans, also spontaneously ferments to alcohol if it is by chance diluted with rainwater. Thus, yeasts and other microbes have had a long history of 2 to 3.
    Description / Table of Contents: PreservationNutrition -- 1 General Classification of Yeast -- Classification -- Impact of Recent Taxonomic Revision on Industry -- Yeasts of Economic Importance -- Culture Collection -- 2 Yeast Genetics -- Life Cycle -- Techniques Applicable to Yeast Strain Development -- Baker’s Yeast -- Brewer’s Yeast -- 3 Brewer’s Yeast -- General Characteristics of Yeast -- Yeast Characteristics Important for Brewing -- Brewing Process -- Brewery Contaminants -- Biochemistry of Brewing -- Recent Developments -- 4 Wine Yeasts -- Ecology -- Terminology -- Natural Yeasts and Their Occurrence on Grapes and in Musts -- Natural Fermentations -- Description of Species -- Selected Pure Culture Yeasts and Active Dry Wine Yeasts -- Preparation of Starter Cultures -- Biochemistry of Wine Fermentation165 -- The Killer Factor184 -- By-products of the Alcoholic Fermentation and Aroma Compounds -- Microbiological Reduction of Acids193 -- Genetic Manipulation of Wine Yeasts198 -- Microbial Spoilage of Wines199 -- B?otrytis cineria 201 -- Biogenic Amines and Ethyl Carbamate202 -- Technology of Wine Making204 -- Further Readings -- 5 Distiller’s Yeasts -- Whisky227 -- Distillates from Sugar-Containing Raw Materials238 -- Characteristics and Strains of Distiller’s Yeasts242 -- Flavor Compounds248 -- Fermentation Alcohol as Fuel252 -- Further Readings -- 6 Baker’s Yeast Production -- Manufacturing Process Outline262 -- Strains263 -- Principles of Aerobic Growth264 -- Raw Materials271 -- Environmental Parameters280 -- Practice of Aerobic Growth284 -- Further Readings -- 7 Use of Yeast in Baking -- Function of Yeast in Baking316 -- Bread Flavor334 -- White Pan Bread Technology336 -- Active Dry Yeast -- Further Readings -- 8 Yeast-Derived Products -- Flavor Products and Flavor Enhancers370 -- Nutritional Yeast385 -- Colorants Derived from Yeast390 -- Yeast-Derived Enzymes393 -- Products of Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Value, -- 9 Food and Feed Yeast -- Composition415 -- Use of Yeast as a Major Protein Source424 -- Production of Biomass426 -- Further Readings -- 10 Use of Yeasts in the Dairy Industry -- Cheese441 -- Lactose-free Milk441 -- Acidophilus-Yeast Milk442 -- Kefir442 -- Koumiss444 -- Desugaring of Eggs.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    ISBN: 9789400908376
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Patterns and processes in helminth parasite communities: an overview -- 2 Host populations as resources defining parasite community organization -- 3 Spatial scale and the processes structuring a guild of larval trematode parasites -- 4 Guild structure of larval trematodes in molluscan hosts: prevalence, dominance and significance in competition -- 5 Helminth communities in marine fishes -- 6 Helminth communities in freshwater fish: structured communities of stochastic assemblages? -- 7 Helminth communities of amphibians and reptiles: comparative approaches to understanding patterns and processes -- 8 Helminth communities in avian hosts: determinants of pattern -- 9 Helminth community of mammalian hosts: concepts at the infracommunity, component and compound community levels -- 10 Models for multi-species parasite-host communities -- 11 Free-living communities and alimentary tract helminths: hypotheses and pattern analyses -- 12 Concluding remarks.
    Abstract: We first discussed the possibility of organizing a symposium on helminth communities in June, 1986. At that time, we were engaged in writing a joint paper on potential structuring mechanisms in helminth communities; we disagreed on a number of issues. We felt the reason for such debate was because the discipline was in a great state of flux, with many new concepts and approaches being introduced with increasing frequency. After consider­ able discussion about the need, scope and the inevitable limitations of such a symposium, we decided that the time was ripe to bring other ecologists, engaged in similar research, face-to-face. There were many individuals from whom to choose; we selected those who were actively publishing on helminth communities or those who had expertise in areas which we felt were particularly appropriate. We compiled a list of potential participants, contacted them and received unanimous support to organize such a symposium. Our intent was to cover several broad areas, fully recognizing that breadth negates depth (at least with a publisher's limitation on the number of pages). We felt it important to consider patterns amongst different kinds of hosts because this is where we had disagreed among ourselves.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Patterns and processes in helminth parasite communities: an overview2 Host populations as resources defining parasite community organization -- 3 Spatial scale and the processes structuring a guild of larval trematode parasites -- 4 Guild structure of larval trematodes in molluscan hosts: prevalence, dominance and significance in competition -- 5 Helminth communities in marine fishes -- 6 Helminth communities in freshwater fish: structured communities of stochastic assemblages? -- 7 Helminth communities of amphibians and reptiles: comparative approaches to understanding patterns and processes -- 8 Helminth communities in avian hosts: determinants of pattern -- 9 Helminth community of mammalian hosts: concepts at the infracommunity, component and compound community levels -- 10 Models for multi-species parasite-host communities -- 11 Free-living communities and alimentary tract helminths: hypotheses and pattern analyses -- 12 Concluding remarks.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400907478
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to the Photo-oxidative Degradation Mechanisms of Polymers -- 1.1 Definitions of Photostability of Polymeric Materials -- 1.2 General Mechanism of Polymer Photo-oxidation -- 1.3 Photoinitiation of Polymer Degradation -- 1.4 Chain Propagation -- 1.5 Chain Branching -- 1.6 Photo-reactions of Carbonyl Groups -- 1.7 Hydrogen Abstraction -- 1.8 Photodecomposition of Hydroperoxide Groups -- 1.9 Formation of Acids and Peracids -- 1.10 Formation of Unsaturated Groups -- 1.11 Termination Reactions -- 1.12 Phenyl Ring Opening Photo-reactions -- 1.13 Kinetics of Photo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers -- 1.14 Role of Polymer Morphology in Photo-oxidation -- 1.15 Role of Polymer Manufacturing -- 1.16 Role of Metals or Metallic Compounds in Thermal and/or Photo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers -- 1.17 Role of Processing in Thermal Oxidation of Polymers -- 1.18 Mechanisms Involved in the Photolysis of the Thermally Oxidized Polyolefins During Processing -- 1.19 Physical Processes in the Photo-oxidation of Polymers -- 2 Introduction to the Oxidative and Photo- stabilization of Polymers -- 2.1 Antioxidants -- 2.2 Photostabilizers -- 2.3 Stabilizers in a Polymer Matrix -- 2.4 Distribution of Stabilizers in a Polymer Matrix -- 2.5 Quenchers -- 2.6 Singlet Oxygen Deactivators -- 2.7 Photostability of Additives -- 2.8 Synergism and Antagonism between Additives -- 3 Antioxidants -- 3.1 Hindered Phenols -- 3.2 Hydroxygalvinol/Galvinoxy Radical System -- 3.3 Phenolic Sulphides -- 3.4 Monosulphides -- 3.5 Thiophenols and Dithiobisphenols -- 3.6 Sulphoxides and Sulphones -- 3.7 Synergistic Effects between Hindered Phenols and Sulphur- Containing Compounds -- 3.8 Dixanthogens and Thiophosphoryl Disulphides -- 3.9 Metal Dithiolates as Antioxidants -- 3.10 4-Alkyl-2-mercaptothiazolines -- 3.11 Sulphur Dioxide Role in Antioxidizing Systems -- 3.12 Role of the Antioxidant Structure in Stabilization Processes -- 3.13 Oven Ageing Antioxidant Performance -- 3.14 Polyquinones as Antioxidants -- 3.15 Lignin Derivatives as Stabilizers -- 3.16 Organophosphorus Antioxidants -- 3.17 Pentaerythrityl Diphosphites -- 3.18 Organoboron Antioxidants -- 3.19 Macrocyclic Ligands -- 3.20 Aromatic Amine Antioxidants -- 3.21 Nitroso Compounds and Nitrones -- 3.22 Antioxidant Properties of Nitrosoamines -- 3.23 Antioxidant Properties of Antistatic Agents (Tensides) -- 4 Pigments -- 4.1 Photostabilizing Properties of Pigments -- 4.2 Titanium Dioxide -- 4.3 Zinc Oxide -- 4.4 Metal Salts Coatings -- 4.5 Carbon Black -- 5 Photostabilizers -- 5.1 Alkyl-Substituted p-Hydroxybenzoates -- 5.2 Phenyl Esters of Benzoic Acid -- 5.3 Salicylanilides and Oxanilides -- 5.4 Diketones -- 5.5 Benzylidene Malonate -- 5.6 Esters of ?-Cyano-?-phenylcinnamic Acid -- 5.7 Hydroxybenzophenones -- 5.8 Chromanone and Tetralone Photostabilizers -- 5.9 Hydroxybenzotriazoles -- 5.10 Organic Metal Photostabilizers -- 5.11 Metal Stearates -- 5.12 Metal Salts of Organic Acids -- 5.13 Metal Oxime Chelates -- 5.14 Nickel(II) Mono-oxime (Hydrazone) Chelates -- 5.15 Metal Salicylate Chelates -- 5.16 Nickel(II) Bis(stilbene dithiolate) Chelates -- 5.17 Pyrazole Chelates -- 5.18 Nickel(II) Thiopicoline Anilide Chelate -- 5.19 Nickel(II) 2,2?-Thiobis(4-tert.-octylphenolato)-n-butylamine -- 5.20 Nickel(II) Bis(o-butyl-3,5-di-tert.-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-phosphonate -- 5.21 Metal Dithiolates as Photostabilizers -- 5.22 Metal Chelates as Pro-oxidants and Photoinitiators -- 5.23 Dithiocarbamate Iron Complex Acting as Photoinitiator of Polymer Degradation -- 5.24 Metal Acetylacetonates -- 5.25 Metal Deactivators -- 5.26 Organotellurium Compounds as Photostabilizers -- 6 Hindered Amine Light Stabilizers (HALS) -- 6.1 Mechanisms of HALS Reactions -- 6.2 Mechanisms of Nitroxy Radical Reactions -- 6.3 Transformations of Hindered Amines and Nitroxy Radicals During Processing of Polymers -- 6.4 Stabilizing Properties of HALS in Commercial Polymers -- 6.5 Synergistic/Antagonistic Effects of HALS with Other Additives -- 6.6 Novel HALS -- 7 Polymer-Bound Additives -- 7.1 Properties of Polymer-Bound Additives -- 7.2 Polymeric Antioxidants -- 7.3 Polymeric Photostabilizers -- 7.4 Hindered Amine (HALS) Monomers and Polymers -- 7.5 Polymers with Hindered N-oxy Group in the Main Chain -- 8 Industrial Aspects of Polymer Stabilization -- 8.1 Industrial Methods of Incorporating Additives -- 8.2 Toxicity of Photostabilizers -- 8.3 ‘World Index of Polyolefine Stabilizers’ -- 8.4 Industrial Application of Antioxidants -- 8.5 Photostabilization of Low-Density Polyethylene for Agricultural Applications -- 8.6 Commercially Produced Polymeric HALS -- 8.7 Photostabilization of Polypropylene Tapes and Fibres -- 8.8 Photostabilization of Rubber-Modified Plastics -- 8.9 Photostabilization of Poly(vinyl chloride) by Surface Photografting -- 8.10 Photostabilization of Coatings -- 8.11 Additives in a Space Environment -- 9 Experimental Methods in Polymer Degradation and Stabilization -- 9.1 Preparation of a Test Specimen -- 9.2 Determination of the Additive Content after Polymer Photo-oxidative Degradation -- 9.3 Quantitative Determination of Antioxidants -- 9.4 Determination of Effectiveness of Antioxidants -- 9.5 Measurement of Evaporation of Additives from Polymer Samples -- 9.6 Absorption Spectroscopy -- 9.7 Chemiluminescence Measurements -- 9.8 Photoacoustic Spectroscopy -- 9.9 Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy -- 9.10 Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis (ESCA) -- 9.11 Analytical Methods for the Determination of Hydroperoxide Groups -- 9.12 Studies of the Kinetics of Oxidation by Oxygen Uptake Measurements -- 9.13 Determination of the Quenching of Singlet Oxygen -- 9.14 Radioactive Labelling Techniques -- 9.15 Viscosity Measurements -- 9.16 Determination of Chain Scission -- 9.17 The Gloss Loss Test -- 9.18 Testing Methods of Thermo-oxidative Degradation and Stability of Polymers and Plastics -- 9.19 Mechanical Testing of Polymer (Plastic) Samples -- 9.20 Testing of Weathering in Polymers -- 9.21 Computer Modelling of Photo-oxidation and Photostabilization -- References -- Appendices.
    Abstract: During the last two decades, the production of polymers and plastics has been increasing rapidly. In spite of developing new polymers and polymeric materials, only 40-60 are used commercially on a large scale. It has been estimated that half of the annual production of polymers is employed outdoors. Increasing the stability of polymers and plastics towards heat, light, atmospheric oxygen and other environmental agents and weathering conditions has always been a very important problem. The photochemical instability of most of polymers limits them to outdoor application, where they are photo­ degraded fast over periods ranging from months to a few years. To the despair of technologists and consumers alike, photodegrada­ tion and environmental ageing of polymers occur much faster than can be expected from knowledge collected in laboratories. In many cases, improved methods of preparation and purification of both monomers and polymers yield products of better quality and higher resistance to heat and light. However, without stabilization of polymers by applica­ tion of antioxidants (to decrease thermal oxidative degradation) and photostabilizers (to decrease photo-oxidative degradation) it would be impossible to employ polymers and plastics in everyday use.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to the Photo-oxidative Degradation Mechanisms of Polymers1.1 Definitions of Photostability of Polymeric Materials -- 1.2 General Mechanism of Polymer Photo-oxidation -- 1.3 Photoinitiation of Polymer Degradation -- 1.4 Chain Propagation -- 1.5 Chain Branching -- 1.6 Photo-reactions of Carbonyl Groups -- 1.7 Hydrogen Abstraction -- 1.8 Photodecomposition of Hydroperoxide Groups -- 1.9 Formation of Acids and Peracids -- 1.10 Formation of Unsaturated Groups -- 1.11 Termination Reactions -- 1.12 Phenyl Ring Opening Photo-reactions -- 1.13 Kinetics of Photo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers -- 1.14 Role of Polymer Morphology in Photo-oxidation -- 1.15 Role of Polymer Manufacturing -- 1.16 Role of Metals or Metallic Compounds in Thermal and/or Photo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers -- 1.17 Role of Processing in Thermal Oxidation of Polymers -- 1.18 Mechanisms Involved in the Photolysis of the Thermally Oxidized Polyolefins During Processing -- 1.19 Physical Processes in the Photo-oxidation of Polymers -- 2 Introduction to the Oxidative and Photo- stabilization of Polymers -- 2.1 Antioxidants -- 2.2 Photostabilizers -- 2.3 Stabilizers in a Polymer Matrix -- 2.4 Distribution of Stabilizers in a Polymer Matrix -- 2.5 Quenchers -- 2.6 Singlet Oxygen Deactivators -- 2.7 Photostability of Additives -- 2.8 Synergism and Antagonism between Additives -- 3 Antioxidants -- 3.1 Hindered Phenols -- 3.2 Hydroxygalvinol/Galvinoxy Radical System -- 3.3 Phenolic Sulphides -- 3.4 Monosulphides -- 3.5 Thiophenols and Dithiobisphenols -- 3.6 Sulphoxides and Sulphones -- 3.7 Synergistic Effects between Hindered Phenols and Sulphur- Containing Compounds -- 3.8 Dixanthogens and Thiophosphoryl Disulphides -- 3.9 Metal Dithiolates as Antioxidants -- 3.10 4-Alkyl-2-mercaptothiazolines -- 3.11 Sulphur Dioxide Role in Antioxidizing Systems -- 3.12 Role of the Antioxidant Structure in Stabilization Processes -- 3.13 Oven Ageing Antioxidant Performance -- 3.14 Polyquinones as Antioxidants -- 3.15 Lignin Derivatives as Stabilizers -- 3.16 Organophosphorus Antioxidants -- 3.17 Pentaerythrityl Diphosphites -- 3.18 Organoboron Antioxidants -- 3.19 Macrocyclic Ligands -- 3.20 Aromatic Amine Antioxidants -- 3.21 Nitroso Compounds and Nitrones -- 3.22 Antioxidant Properties of Nitrosoamines -- 3.23 Antioxidant Properties of Antistatic Agents (Tensides) -- 4 Pigments -- 4.1 Photostabilizing Properties of Pigments -- 4.2 Titanium Dioxide -- 4.3 Zinc Oxide -- 4.4 Metal Salts Coatings -- 4.5 Carbon Black -- 5 Photostabilizers -- 5.1 Alkyl-Substituted p-Hydroxybenzoates -- 5.2 Phenyl Esters of Benzoic Acid -- 5.3 Salicylanilides and Oxanilides -- 5.4 Diketones -- 5.5 Benzylidene Malonate -- 5.6 Esters of ?-Cyano-?-phenylcinnamic Acid -- 5.7 Hydroxybenzophenones -- 5.8 Chromanone and Tetralone Photostabilizers -- 5.9 Hydroxybenzotriazoles -- 5.10 Organic Metal Photostabilizers -- 5.11 Metal Stearates -- 5.12 Metal Salts of Organic Acids -- 5.13 Metal Oxime Chelates -- 5.14 Nickel(II) Mono-oxime (Hydrazone) Chelates -- 5.15 Metal Salicylate Chelates -- 5.16 Nickel(II) Bis(stilbene dithiolate) Chelates -- 5.17 Pyrazole Chelates -- 5.18 Nickel(II) Thiopicoline Anilide Chelate -- 5.19 Nickel(II) 2,2?-Thiobis(4-tert.-octylphenolato)-n-butylamine -- 5.20 Nickel(II) Bis(o-butyl-3,5-di-tert.-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-phosphonate -- 5.21 Metal Dithiolates as Photostabilizers -- 5.22 Metal Chelates as Pro-oxidants and Photoinitiators -- 5.23 Dithiocarbamate Iron Complex Acting as Photoinitiator of Polymer Degradation -- 5.24 Metal Acetylacetonates -- 5.25 Metal Deactivators -- 5.26 Organotellurium Compounds as Photostabilizers -- 6 Hindered Amine Light Stabilizers (HALS) -- 6.1 Mechanisms of HALS Reactions -- 6.2 Mechanisms of Nitroxy Radical Reactions -- 6.3 Transformations of Hindered Amines and Nitroxy Radicals During Processing of Polymers -- 6.4 Stabilizing Properties of HALS in Commercial Polymers -- 6.5 Synergistic/Antagonistic Effects of HALS with Other Additives -- 6.6 Novel HALS -- 7 Polymer-Bound Additives -- 7.1 Properties of Polymer-Bound Additives -- 7.2 Polymeric Antioxidants -- 7.3 Polymeric Photostabilizers -- 7.4 Hindered Amine (HALS) Monomers and Polymers -- 7.5 Polymers with Hindered N-oxy Group in the Main Chain -- 8 Industrial Aspects of Polymer Stabilization -- 8.1 Industrial Methods of Incorporating Additives -- 8.2 Toxicity of Photostabilizers -- 8.3 ‘World Index of Polyolefine Stabilizers’ -- 8.4 Industrial Application of Antioxidants -- 8.5 Photostabilization of Low-Density Polyethylene for Agricultural Applications -- 8.6 Commercially Produced Polymeric HALS -- 8.7 Photostabilization of Polypropylene Tapes and Fibres -- 8.8 Photostabilization of Rubber-Modified Plastics -- 8.9 Photostabilization of Poly(vinyl chloride) by Surface Photografting -- 8.10 Photostabilization of Coatings -- 8.11 Additives in a Space Environment -- 9 Experimental Methods in Polymer Degradation and Stabilization -- 9.1 Preparation of a Test Specimen -- 9.2 Determination of the Additive Content after Polymer Photo-oxidative Degradation -- 9.3 Quantitative Determination of Antioxidants -- 9.4 Determination of Effectiveness of Antioxidants -- 9.5 Measurement of Evaporation of Additives from Polymer Samples -- 9.6 Absorption Spectroscopy -- 9.7 Chemiluminescence Measurements -- 9.8 Photoacoustic Spectroscopy -- 9.9 Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy -- 9.10 Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis (ESCA) -- 9.11 Analytical Methods for the Determination of Hydroperoxide Groups -- 9.12 Studies of the Kinetics of Oxidation by Oxygen Uptake Measurements -- 9.13 Determination of the Quenching of Singlet Oxygen -- 9.14 Radioactive Labelling Techniques -- 9.15 Viscosity Measurements -- 9.16 Determination of Chain Scission -- 9.17 The Gloss Loss Test -- 9.18 Testing Methods of Thermo-oxidative Degradation and Stability of Polymers and Plastics -- 9.19 Mechanical Testing of Polymer (Plastic) Samples -- 9.20 Testing of Weathering in Polymers -- 9.21 Computer Modelling of Photo-oxidation and Photostabilization -- References -- Appendices.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400907515
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Nutrient supply to the newborn ruminant -- 2. Energy nutrition of rumen micro-organisms -- 3. Manipulation of rumen fermentation and associative effects -- 4. Host animal control of microbial fermentation and host animal digestion -- 5. Absorption of nutrients -- 6. Energy metabolism of the host animal -- 7. Utilization of the energy of absorbed nutrients -- 8. Feed quality and feed intake -- 9. Feed evaluation, past and present -- 10. Towards future feed evaluation systems.
    Abstract: This book is intended to be a companion volume to 'Protein Nutrition in Ruminants' (1982, Academic Press), which emphasized both the role of proteins and new systems for their evaluation. Here the focus is on energy-yielding nutrients and problems involved in evaluating them. Nonetheless in both volumes there is explicit recognition of the interdependence of energy and protein nutrition. I have not attempted to review comprehensively all the literature relating to ruminant energy nutrition and must apologize to colleagues whose work is not fully reported. Where possible tables and figures are taken from the studies of our group at the Rowett Research Institute since, if for no other reason, I am most familiar with these data. I have first considered the nutrition of the newborn and have stressed the role of behaviour 'in determining whether nutrients enter or bypass the rumen. The development of the rumen, the of anaerobic fermentation and the roles of various principles . species of rumen bacteria, protozoa and fungi in relation to different substrates, are summarized. This is followed by accounts of the factors affecting the utilization of different substrates and the v vi Preface absorption and metabolism of the end-products of fermentation and digestion, together with estimates of digestive capacity in various segments of the gut. The ruminant's requirements for energy-yielding nutrients is considered in relation to the per­ formance of various activities and to environmental conditions, particular attention being paid to the requirement for glucose precursors.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Nutrient supply to the newborn ruminant2. Energy nutrition of rumen micro-organisms -- 3. Manipulation of rumen fermentation and associative effects -- 4. Host animal control of microbial fermentation and host animal digestion -- 5. Absorption of nutrients -- 6. Energy metabolism of the host animal -- 7. Utilization of the energy of absorbed nutrients -- 8. Feed quality and feed intake -- 9. Feed evaluation, past and present -- 10. Towards future feed evaluation systems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401138345
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Section 1 Introductory -- 1 General Introduction -- 2 Constitution and Formulation of PVC Materials -- Section 2 Constituents of PVC Compositions -- 3 PVC Polymers -- 4 Stabilisers -- 5 Plasticisers -- 6 Fillers -- 7 Lubricants -- 8 Polymeric Modifiers -- 9 Miscellaneous Additives -- Section 3 Production (Compounding) of Solid PVC Compositions -- 10 Solid (‘Dry’) PVC Compositions -- 11 Compounding: Operations and Equipment -- Section 4 Processing of Solid PVC Compositions into Products -- 12 Main Types of PVC Products and Methods of Their Production -- 13 Extrusion -- 14 Calendering -- 15 Blow Moulding -- 16 Injection Moulding -- 17 Other Processes -- Section 5 Liquid PVC Compositions: Nature, Preparation, Processing, and Applications -- 18 PVC Pastes -- 19 Solutions -- 20 PVC Latices -- Section 6 Post-production Processing of PVC Products -- 21 Fabrication, Conversion and Related Processing of PYC Sheet and Parts -- 22 External Treatments of PVC Products -- Section 7 Applications of PVC Products, and Some Important Application-Related Properties -- 23 Miscellaneous PVC Products and Their Applications -- 24 PVC Properties of Special Significance in Some Important Usage Contexts -- Appendix 1 Some Material Properties of PVC Products and Compounds -- Appendix 2 Quantities and Units: The SI System: Unit Conversion Tables -- Appendix 3 Abbreviations (Letter Symbols) Used in This Book for Some Polymers, Their Derivative Plastics, and Certain Monomers.
    Abstract: This book originated from my Publisher's request for anew, concise account of PVC plastics in terms of their nature, properties, process­ ing, and applications. There is thus, inevitably, an extensive thematic overlap with my-still relatively recent-PVC Technology (4th edi­ tion), and I have drawn liberally on that source for a substantial amount of relevant basic material. However, the present book is by no means merely an abridgement of the earlier one: whilst indeed considerably shorter, it is not only comparable in scope and general coverage of the subject, but also contains much new information. I have made a point of again strongly featuring the numerous standards relevant-and in many cases cardinal-to the testing and characterisa­ tion of PVC materials and products, and to the evaluation of their properties and performance: these standards are an indispensable part of the technology of PVC plastics, and nobody concerned with any aspect of this complex subject should fail to recognise that fact. It is ever a pleasure to express appreciation and thanks where they are due. I am grateful to Dipl-Ing. H. E. Luben of Brabender OHG, Duisburg, FRG, not only for the up-to-date information he provided on Brabender equipment, but also most particularly for his exception­ ally friendly, helpful attitude in all our contacts, and for the trouble he took to make some illustrations and figures available in the form convenient for direct reproduction.
    Description / Table of Contents: Section 1 Introductory1 General Introduction -- 2 Constitution and Formulation of PVC Materials -- Section 2 Constituents of PVC Compositions -- 3 PVC Polymers -- 4 Stabilisers -- 5 Plasticisers -- 6 Fillers -- 7 Lubricants -- 8 Polymeric Modifiers -- 9 Miscellaneous Additives -- Section 3 Production (Compounding) of Solid PVC Compositions -- 10 Solid (‘Dry’) PVC Compositions -- 11 Compounding: Operations and Equipment -- Section 4 Processing of Solid PVC Compositions into Products -- 12 Main Types of PVC Products and Methods of Their Production -- 13 Extrusion -- 14 Calendering -- 15 Blow Moulding -- 16 Injection Moulding -- 17 Other Processes -- Section 5 Liquid PVC Compositions: Nature, Preparation, Processing, and Applications -- 18 PVC Pastes -- 19 Solutions -- 20 PVC Latices -- Section 6 Post-production Processing of PVC Products -- 21 Fabrication, Conversion and Related Processing of PYC Sheet and Parts -- 22 External Treatments of PVC Products -- Section 7 Applications of PVC Products, and Some Important Application-Related Properties -- 23 Miscellaneous PVC Products and Their Applications -- 24 PVC Properties of Special Significance in Some Important Usage Contexts -- Appendix 1 Some Material Properties of PVC Products and Compounds -- Appendix 2 Quantities and Units: The SI System: Unit Conversion Tables -- Appendix 3 Abbreviations (Letter Symbols) Used in This Book for Some Polymers, Their Derivative Plastics, and Certain Monomers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400906815
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (396p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Logic ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: On Two Deflationary Truth Theories -- Some Reflections On The Prosentential Theory of Truth -- Paradox and Reference -- Two Theorems concerning Stability -- The Complexity of Decision Procedures in Relevance Logic -- Relevant Predication 3: Essential Properties -- The Dog: Relevance and Rationality -- Consistency and Logical Consequence -- On What Cannot Be -- Durations: Temporal Intervals with Gaps and Undetermined Edges -- Categorical Semantics -- The Myth of the Intuitionistic “Or” -- What Mathematical Truth Need Not Be -- A Tour of the Multivariate Lambda Calculus -- Choice Trees -- The Extensional but Hyper-Intensional Calculus C? with Orderless Constants and Variables -- A Skeptical Theory of Mixed Inheritance -- The Logic of Mitchill v. Lath -- What are Absolute Probabilities a Function of? -- How Prediction Enhances Confirmation -- Figures in a Probability Landscape -- Nuel Belnap: Curriculum Vitae -- Nuel Belnap: Doctoral Students -- Nuel Belnap: Publications -- Index of Names -- Index of Subjects.
    Abstract: The essays in this collection are written by students, colleagues, and friends of Nuel Belnap to honor him on his sixtieth birthday. Our original plan was to include pieces from fonner students only, but we have deviated from this ever so slightly for a variety of personal and practical reasons. Belnap's research accomplishments are numerous and well known: He has founded (together with Alan Ross Anderson) a whole branch of logic known as "relevance logic." He has made contributions of fundamental importance to the logic of questions. His work in modal logic, fonnal pragmatics, and the theory of truth has been highly influential. And the list goes on. Belnap's accomplishments as a teacher are also distinguished and well known but, by virtue of the essential privacy of the teaching relationship, not so well understood. We would like to reflect a little on what makes him such an outstanding teacher.
    Description / Table of Contents: On Two Deflationary Truth TheoriesSome Reflections On The Prosentential Theory of Truth -- Paradox and Reference -- Two Theorems concerning Stability -- The Complexity of Decision Procedures in Relevance Logic -- Relevant Predication 3: Essential Properties -- The Dog: Relevance and Rationality -- Consistency and Logical Consequence -- On What Cannot Be -- Durations: Temporal Intervals with Gaps and Undetermined Edges -- Categorical Semantics -- The Myth of the Intuitionistic “Or” -- What Mathematical Truth Need Not Be -- A Tour of the Multivariate Lambda Calculus -- Choice Trees -- The Extensional but Hyper-Intensional Calculus C? with Orderless Constants and Variables -- A Skeptical Theory of Mixed Inheritance -- The Logic of Mitchill v. Lath -- What are Absolute Probabilities a Function of? -- How Prediction Enhances Confirmation -- Figures in a Probability Landscape -- Nuel Belnap: Curriculum Vitae -- Nuel Belnap: Doctoral Students -- Nuel Belnap: Publications -- Index of Names -- Index of Subjects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400920897
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (356p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 214
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Humanities ; Philosophy of mind ; Knowledge, Theory of. ; Language and languages—Philosophy.
    Abstract: 1. On the Origin of the Philosophical Investigations -- 2. Language-Games as Context of Meaning -- 1. The psychological theory of meaning -- 2. Horizontal and vertical language-games -- 3. Agreement in Forms of Life -- 1. Internal relations -- 2. Justifications without end, end without justification.. -- 3. Forms of life and constitutive rules -- 4. My Mind: First Person Statements -- 1. Robinson Crusoe and private language -- 2. Four misleading analogies -- 3. Description of one’s inner -- 5. Other Minds: Third Person Statements -- 1. The asymmetry of observation and expression -- 2. The hidden inner -- 3. ‘Einstellung zur Seele’ -- 4. ‘Menschenkenntnis’ and indeterminacy -- 6. The Meaning of Aspects -- 1. ‘Meaning-theory’ versus ‘Gestalt-theory’ -- 2. Seeing-as and organization -- 3. Seeing-as and interpretation -- 4. Seeing and thinking -- 5. Secondary meaning and aspect -- 7. The Grammar of Psychological Concepts -- 1. Sensations and impressions -- 2. Emotions -- 3. Images and fancies -- 4. Inner states’ and expecting -- 5. Feelings of tendency -- 6. Willing -- 8. Conclusion: Wittgenstein and the Turing Test -- Appendix of German Quotations.
    Abstract: Wittgenstein's aphoristic style holds great charm, but also a great danger: the reader is apt to glean too much from a single fragment and too little from the fragments as a whole. In my first confron­ tations with the Philosophical Investigations I was such a reader, and so, it turned out, were most of the writers on Wittgenstein's later philosophy. Wittgenstein's remarkable ability to bring together many facets of his thought in one fragment is fully exploited in the critical literature; but hardly any attention is paid to the connection with other fragments, let alone to the many hitherto unpublished manuscripts of which the Philosophical Investigations is the final product. The result of this fragmentary and ahistorical approach to Wittgenstein's later work is a host of contradictory interpretations. What Wittgenstein really wanted to say remains insufficiently clear. Opinions are also strongly divided about the value of his work. Some authors have been encouraged by his aphorisms and rhetorical questions to dismiss the whole Cartesian tradition or to halt new movements in linguistics or psychology; others, exasperated, reject his philo­ sophy as anti-scientific conceptual conservatism. After consulting unpublished notebooks and manuscripts which Wittgenstein wrote between 1929 and 1951, I became a very different reader. Wittgenstein turned out to be a kind of Leonardo da Vinci, who pursued a form from which every sign of chisel­ ling, every attempt at improvement, had been effaced.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...